-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, UKtmxKsR8zzmQIwmxchM2uYidIE9+jxDksOgzLhsKA6Zx0P3MAjlfl2hbNs0ubqf cLctE1pox+9qRLBJ/8JWGg== 0001193125-06-043930.txt : 20060302 0001193125-06-043930.hdr.sgml : 20060302 20060302162759 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-06-043930 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 11 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20051231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060302 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060302 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000702325 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS [6021] IRS NUMBER: 363161078 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-10967 FILM NUMBER: 06660195 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: ONE PIERCE PLACE STREET 2: SUITE 1500 CITY: ITASCA STATE: IL ZIP: 60143 BUSINESS PHONE: 6308757450 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: ONE PIERCE PLACE STREET 2: SUITE 1500 CITY: ITASCA STATE: IL ZIP: 60143 10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


(Mark One)

x Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year-ended December 31, 2005

or

 

¨ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 0-10967

 


FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware   36-3161078

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

One Pierce Place, Suite 1500

Itasca, Illinois 60143-9768

(Address of principal executive offices) (zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (630) 875-7450

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Title of each class:

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

 


Indicate by check mark whether the issuer is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.    Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨.

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Large accelerated filer  x    Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  ¨.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x.

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2005, determined using a per share closing price on that date of $35.08, as quoted on The Nasdaq Stock Market, was $1,478,199,847.

At February 27, 2006 there were 45,442,134 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting - Part III

 



Table of Contents

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
Part I.      
ITEM 1.    Business    3
ITEM 1A.    Risk Factors    8
ITEM 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments    13
ITEM 2.    Properties    13
ITEM 3.    Legal Proceedings    13
ITEM 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    13
Part II      
ITEM 5.    Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities    14
ITEM 6.    Selected Financial Data    16
ITEM 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    17
ITEM 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    45
ITEM 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    48
ITEM 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    84
ITEM 9A.    Controls and Procedures    84
ITEM 9B.    Other Information    85
Part III      
ITEM 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    86
ITEM 11.    Executive Compensation    87
ITEM 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    87
ITEM 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    87
ITEM 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services    87
Part IV      
ITEM 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    87

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company incorporated in Delaware in 1982 for the purpose of becoming a holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Act”). The Company is one of Illinois’ largest publicly traded banking companies with assets of $7.2 billion at year-end 2005 and is headquartered in the Chicago suburb of Itasca, Illinois.

The Company operates two wholly owned subsidiaries: First Midwest Bank (the “Bank”), employing 1,622 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2005, and First Midwest Insurance Company, which is largely inactive.

The Company has responsibility for the overall conduct, direction, and performance of its subsidiaries. The Company provides various services, establishes Company-wide policies and procedures, and provides other resources as needed, including capital.

Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2005, the Bank had $7.2 billion in total assets, $5.2 billion in total deposits, and 68 banking offices primarily in suburban metropolitan Chicago.

The Bank is engaged in commercial and retail banking and offers a broad range of lending, depository, and related financial services, including accepting deposits; commercial and industrial, consumer, and real estate lending; collections; trust and investment management services; cash management services; safe deposit box operations; and other banking services tailored for consumer, commercial and industrial, and public or governmental customers. The Bank also provides an electronic banking center on the Internet at www.firstmidwest.com, which enables Bank customers to perform banking transactions and provides information about Bank products and services to the general public.

The Bank’s operations are divided into sales and support functions. The sales function is structured along commercial and retail product lines, and the support function provides corporate, administrative, and support services.

The Bank operates two wholly owned subsidiaries: FMB Investment Corporation and First Midwest Investments, Inc., which currently is inactive.

FMB Investment Corporation is a Delaware corporation established in 1998. FMB Investment Corporation manages investment securities, principally state and municipal obligations, and provides corporate management services to its wholly owned subsidiary FMB Investment Trust, a Maryland business trust also established in 1998. FMB Investment Trust manages real estate loans originated by the Bank. FMB Investment Trust has elected to be taxed as a Real Estate Investment Trust for federal income tax purposes.

First Midwest Insurance Company operates as a reinsurer of credit life, accident, and health insurance sold through the Bank, primarily in conjunction with its consumer lending operations, and is largely inactive.

On December 12, 2005, the Company announced the execution of a definitive agreement to acquire Bank Calumet, Inc. (“Bank Calumet”) and its wholly owned subsidiary bank for $307 million in cash. Bank Calumet is a bank holding company headquartered in Hammond, Indiana with $1.2 billion in assets and 30 branches located predominantly in Lake County, Indiana and the contiguous Illinois counties of Cook and Will. In February 2006, the transaction was approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board (the “Federal Reserve”) and by Bank Calumet’s shareholders. The Company expects to complete this acquisition early in the second quarter of 2006, subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Indiana.

The Company believes that Bank Calumet represents an excellent opportunity to expand its franchise in the southeast Chicago metropolitan area. The Company looks forward to building upon the long-standing relationships that Bank Calumet has developed in its 73 years of banking service to these dynamic markets and expects that Bank Calumet’s conservative policies, diversified lending base, and community banking approach will fit well with the Company’s established business model.

 

3


Table of Contents

Competition

Illinois and the metropolitan Chicago area are highly competitive markets for banking and related financial services. Competition is based on a number of factors, including interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits; the ability to attract new deposits; the scope and type of banking and financial services offered; the hours during which business can be conducted; the location of bank branches and ATMs; the availability, ease of use, and range of banking services on the Internet; the availability of related services; and a variety of additional services such as investment management, fiduciary, and brokerage services. Within the geographic areas it serves, the Bank competes with other banks and savings and loan associations, personal loan and finance companies, and credit unions. In addition, the Bank competes for deposits with money market mutual funds and investment brokers on the basis of interest rates offered and available products. The competition for banking customers remains intense as a number of local and out-of-state banking institutions have engaged in large-scale branch office expansion in the suburban Chicago markets, whether through acquisition or establishment of de novo branches.

In providing investment advisory services, the Bank also competes with retail and discount stockbrokers, investment advisors, mutual funds, insurance companies, and, to a lesser extent, financial institutions for investment management clients. Factors influencing this type of competition generally involve the variety of products and services that can be offered to clients and the performance of funds under management. Competition for investment management services comes from financial service providers both within and outside of the geographic areas in which the Bank maintains offices.

Offering a broad array of products and services at competitive prices is an important element in competing for customers. The Company differentiates itself, however, in the way it systematically assesses a customer’s specific financial needs, sells products and services identified in such assessment, and provides its high quality services and products. The Company believes its approach and its knowledge and commitment to the communities in which the Bank is located are the most important aspects in retaining and expanding its customer base.

Supervision and Regulation

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision by various governmental regulatory authorities including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (the “IDFRP”), and the Arizona Department of Insurance. Financial institutions and their holding companies are extensively regulated under Federal and state law. The effect of such statutes, regulations, and policies can be significant and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to financial institutions, such as the Company and its subsidiaries, regulate, among other things, the scope of business, investments, reserves against deposits, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations, and dividends. This supervision and regulation is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s bank (the “BIF”) and savings association (the “SAIF”) insurance funds and the depositors, rather than the stockholders, of a financial institution.

The following references to material statutes and regulations affecting the Company and its subsidiaries are brief summaries thereof and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. Any change in applicable law or regulations may have a material effect on the business or operations of the Company and its subsidiaries. The operations of the Company and the Bank may also be affected by changes in the policies of various regulatory authorities. The Company cannot accurately predict the nature or the extent of the effects that any such changes would have on its business and earnings.

Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Act”)

Generally, the Act governs the acquisition and control of banks and nonbanking companies by bank holding companies. A bank holding company is subject to regulation under the Act and is required to register with the Federal Reserve under the Act. A bank holding company is required by the Act to file an annual report of its operations and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require and is subject, along with its subsidiaries, to examination by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has jurisdiction to regulate the terms of certain debt issues of bank holding companies, including the authority to impose reserve requirements.

The acquisition of 5% or more of the voting shares of any bank or bank holding company requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve and is subject to applicable Federal law, including the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Riegle Neal”), for interstate transactions, and possible state law limitations as well. The Federal Reserve evaluates acquisition applications based upon, among other things, competitive factors, supervisory factors, adequacy of financial and managerial resources, and banking and community service considerations.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Act also prohibits, with certain exceptions, a bank holding company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any “nonbanking” company unless the nonbanking activities are found by the Federal Reserve to be “so closely related to banking . . . as to be a proper incident thereto.” Under current regulations of the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company and its nonbank subsidiaries are permitted, among other activities, to engage in such banking-related business ventures as consumer finance, equipment leasing, data processing, mortgage banking, financial and investment advice, and securities brokerage services. The Act does not place territorial restrictions on the activities of a bank holding company or its nonbank subsidiaries.

Federal law prohibits acquisition of “control” of a bank or bank holding company without prior notice to certain Federal bank regulators. “Control” is defined in certain cases as the acquisition of as little as 10% of the outstanding shares. Furthermore, under certain circumstances, a bank holding company may not be able to purchase its own stock, where the gross consideration will equal 10% or more of the company’s net worth, without obtaining approval of the Federal Reserve. Under the Federal Reserve Act, banks and their subsidiaries are subject to certain requirements and restrictions when dealing with each other (affiliate transactions including transactions with their bank holding company). The Company is also subject to the provisions of the Illinois Bank Holding Company Act.

Interstate Banking

Bank holding companies are permitted to acquire banks and bank holding companies in any state and to be acquired, subject to the requirements of Riegle Neal, and in some cases, applicable state law.

Under Riegle Neal, adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies may be permitted by the Federal Reserve to acquire control of a bank in any state. States, however, may prohibit acquisitions of banks that have not been in existence for at least five years. The Federal Reserve is prohibited from approving an application for acquisition if the applicant controls more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions nationwide. In addition, interstate acquisitions may also be subject to statewide concentration limits.

The Federal Reserve would be prohibited from approving an application if, prior to consummation, the proposed acquirer controls any insured depository institution or branch in the home state of the target bank, and the applicant, following consummation of an acquisition, would control 30% or more of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions in that state. This legislation also provides that the provisions on concentration limits do not affect the authority of any state to limit or waive the percentage of the total amount of deposits in the state which would be held or controlled by any bank or bank holding company to the extent the application of this limitation does not discriminate against out-of-state institutions.

Interstate branching under Riegle Neal permits banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating a bank headquartered in one state with branches in other states. Approval of interstate bank mergers is subject to certain conditions, including: adequate capitalization, adequate management, Community Reinvestment Act compliance, deposit concentration limits (as set forth above), compliance with Federal and state antitrust laws, and compliance with applicable state consumer protection laws. An interstate merger transaction may involve the acquisition of a branch without the acquisition of the bank only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits out-of-state banks to acquire a branch of a bank in that state without acquiring the bank. Following the consummation of an interstate transaction, the resulting bank may establish additional branches at any location where any bank involved in the transaction could have established a branch under applicable Federal or state law, if such bank had not been a party to the merger transaction.

Riegle Neal became effective on June 1, 1997 and allowed each state, prior to the effective date, the opportunity to “opt out,” thereby prohibiting interstate branching within that state. Of the two states in which the Bank is located (Illinois and Iowa), neither has adopted legislation to “opt out” of the interstate merger provisions. Furthermore, pursuant to Riegle Neal, a bank is able to add new branches in a state in which it does not already have banking operations if such state enacts a law permitting such de novo branching, or, if the state allows acquisition of branches, subject to applicable state requirements. Illinois law allows de novo banking with other states that allow Illinois banks to branch de novo in those states.

The effects on the Company of the changes in interstate banking and branching laws cannot be accurately predicted, but it is likely that there will be increased competition from national and regional banking firms headquartered outside of Illinois which establish banks in Illinois. Likewise, the Company may establish branches in reciprocity states (such as Indiana) on a de novo basis.

 

5


Table of Contents

Illinois Banking Law

The Illinois Banking Act (“IBA”) governs the activities of the Bank, an Illinois state banking corporation. The IBA defines the powers and permissible activities of an Illinois state chartered bank, prescribes corporate governance standards, imposes approval requirements on mergers of state banks, prescribes lending limits, and provides for the examination of state banks by the IDFPR. The Banking on Illinois Act (“BIA”) became effective in mid-1999 and amended the IBA to provide a potential wide range of new activities for Illinois state chartered banks, including the Bank. The provisions of the BIA are to be construed liberally in order to create a favorable business climate for banks in Illinois. The main features of the BIA are to expand bank powers through a new “wild card” provision authorizing Illinois chartered banks to offer virtually any product or service that any bank or thrift may offer anywhere in the country, subject to certain safety and soundness considerations and prior notification to the IDFPR and the FDIC. Previously, in addition to enumerated powers stated in the IBA, state banks could engage in any activity authorized or permitted to be conducted by a national bank. Management of the Bank remains aware of the favorable environment created by the BIA and will consider the opportunities that may become available to the Bank as a result of such legislation.

The Bank is subject to a variety of Federal and state laws and regulations governing its operations. For example, deposit activities are subject, among other things, to the Federal Truth in Savings Act and the Illinois Consumer Deposit Account Act. Federal law, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and state laws also govern electronic banking transactions. Trust activities of the Bank are subject to the Illinois Corporate Fiduciaries Act. Loans made by the Bank are subject to applicable provisions of the Illinois Interest Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, and the Illinois Financial Services Development Act.

The Bank is subject to a variety of other laws and regulations concerning equal credit opportunity, fair lending, customer privacy, fair credit reporting, and community reinvestment. The Bank currently holds an “outstanding” rating for community reinvestment activity, the highest available.

As an Illinois banking corporation controlled by a bank holding company, the Bank is subject to the rules regarding change of control in the Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and is also subject to the rules regarding change in control of Illinois banks contained in the IBA and the Illinois Bank Holding Company Act.

The Bank is subject to Sections 22(h), 23A, and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which restrict or impose requirements on financial transactions between federally insured depository institutions and affiliated companies. The statute limits credit transactions between a bank and its executive officers and its subsidiaries, prescribes terms and conditions for bank affiliate transactions deemed to be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, requires arms-length transactions between affiliates, and restricts the types of collateral security permitted in connection with a bank’s extension of credit to affiliates.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999

The enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB Act”) swept away large parts of a regulatory framework that had its origins in the Depression Era of the 1930s. Effective March 11, 2000, new opportunities became available for banks, other depository institutions, insurance companies, and securities firms to enter into combinations that permit a single financial services organization to offer customers a more comprehensive array of financial products and services. To further this goal, the GLB Act amends section 4 of the Act providing a new regulatory framework applicable to a financial holding company (“FHC”), which has as its primary regulator the Federal Reserve. Functional regulation of the FHC’s subsidiaries will be conducted by their primary functional regulators. Pursuant to the GLB Act, bank holding companies, subsidiary depository institutions thereof, and foreign banks electing to qualify as an FHC must be “well managed,” “well capitalized,” and rated at least satisfactory under the Community Reinvestment Act in order to engage in new financial activities.

An FHC may engage in securities and insurance activities and other activities that are deemed financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity under the GLB Act, such as merchant banking activities. While aware of the flexibility of the FHC statute, the Company has, for the time being, decided not to become an FHC, but will continue to follow the reception given FHCs in the marketplace. The activities of bank holding companies that are not FHCs will continue to be regulated by and limited to activities permissible under the Act.

The GLB Act also prohibits a financial institution from disclosing non-public personal information about a consumer to unaffiliated third parties, unless the institution satisfies various disclosure requirements and the consumer has not elected to opt out of the disclosure. Under the GLB Act, a financial institution must provide its customers with a notice of its privacy policies and practices. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, and other financial regulatory agencies have issued regulations implementing notice requirements and restrictions on a financial institution’s ability to disclose non-public personal information about consumers to unaffiliated third parties.

 

6


Table of Contents

The Company is also subject to certain state laws that limit the use and distribution of non-public personal information, both to subsidiaries, affiliates, and unaffiliated entities.

The GLB Act is expected, in time, to alter the competitive landscape of the product markets presently served by the Company. Companies that are presently engaged primarily in insurance activities or securities activities are now permitted to acquire banks and bank holding companies, such as the Company. The Company may, in the future, face increased competition from a broader range of larger, more diversified financial companies.

Bank Secrecy Act and USA Patriot Act

In 1970, Congress enacted the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act, commonly known as the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”). The BSA requires financial institutions to maintain records of certain customers and currency transactions and to report certain domestic and foreign currency transactions, which have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax, or regulatory investigations or proceedings. Under this law, financial institutions are required to develop a BSA compliance program.

On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA Patriot Act. Title III of the USA Patriot Act requires financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank, to help prevent, detect, and prosecute those involved in international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The Department of the Treasury has adopted additional requirements to further implement Title III.

Under these regulations, a mechanism has been established for law enforcement officials to communicate names of suspected terrorists and money launderers to financial institutions to enable financial institutions to promptly locate accounts and transactions involving those suspects. Financial institutions receiving names of suspects must search their account and transaction records for potential matches and report positive results to the U.S. Department of the Treasury Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”). Each financial institution must designate a point of contact to receive information requests. These regulations outline how financial institutions can share information concerning suspected terrorist and money laundering activity with other financial institutions under the protection of a statutory safe harbor if each financial institution notifies FinCEN of its intent to share information.

The Department of the Treasury has also adopted regulations intended to prevent money laundering and terrorist financing through correspondent accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions on behalf of foreign banks. Financial institutions are required to take reasonable steps to ensure that they are not providing banking services directly or indirectly to foreign shell banks.

In addition, banks must have procedures in place to identify and verify the identity of the persons with whom they deal. The Company and the Bank have augmented their systems and procedures to accomplish compliance with these requirements. The Company and the Bank believe that the cost of compliance with Title III of the USA Patriot Act is not likely to be material to them.

In July 2004, the Company and the Bank entered into an agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFPR (the “Written Agreement”) to enhance its compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations relating to anti-money laundering policies and procedures. To fully address the deficiencies cited in the Written Agreement, the Bank authored a written compliance plan and completed a compliance review of certain customer transactions since the date of the last prior satisfactory regulatory review. As a result, the Bank conducted a comprehensive review of policy, procedure, systems, and manpower addressing these important areas. The Bank successfully resolved the deficiencies cited, and received a letter dated September 30, 2005 from the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and the IDFPR, which formally communicated the termination of the Written Agreement. The Written Agreement did not have a significant effect on the Bank’s financial condition, liquidity, capital resources, or operations.

Capital Guidelines

The Federal Reserve and the other federal functional bank regulators have established risk-based capital guidelines to provide a framework for assessing the adequacy of the capital of national and state banks, thrifts, and their holding companies (collectively, “banking institutions”). These guidelines apply to all banking institutions, regardless of size, and are used in the examination and supervisory process as well as in the analysis of applications to be acted upon by the regulatory authorities. These guidelines require banking institutions to maintain capital based on the credit risk of their operations, both on and off-balance sheet.

 

7


Table of Contents

The minimum capital ratios established by the guidelines are based on both Tier 1 and Total capital to total risk-based assets. In addition to the risk-based capital requirements, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC require banking institutions to maintain a minimum leveraged-capital ratio to supplement the risk-based capital guidelines. The Company and the Bank are “well capitalized” by these standards, the highest applicable ratings.

Dividends

The Company’s primary source of liquidity is dividend payments from the Bank. In addition to capital guidelines, the Bank is limited in the amount of dividends it can pay to the Company under the IBA. Under this law, the Bank is permitted to declare and pay dividends in amounts up to the amount of its accumulated net profits, provided that it retains in its surplus at least one-tenth of its net profits since the date of the declaration of its most recent dividend until those additions to surplus, in the aggregate, equal the paid-in capital of the Bank. The Bank may not, while it continues its banking business, pay dividends in excess of its net profits then on hand (after deductions for losses and bad debts). As of December 31, 2005, the Bank could distribute dividends of approximately $32.0 million without approval from the IDFPR. In addition, the Bank is limited in the amount of dividends it can pay under the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation H. For example, dividends cannot be paid that would constitute a withdrawal of capital; dividends cannot be declared or paid if they exceed a bank’s undivided profits; and a bank may not declare or pay a dividend greater than current year net income plus retained net income of the prior two years without Federal Reserve approval.

Since the Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank, its dividends to stockholders are not subject to the bank dividend guidelines discussed above. The IDFPR is authorized to determine, under certain circumstances relating to the financial condition of a bank or bank holding company, that the payment of dividends by the Company would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit payment thereof. The Federal Reserve has taken the position that dividends that would create pressure or undermine the safety and soundness of the subsidiary bank are inappropriate.

FDIC Insurance Premiums

The Bank’s deposits are predominantly insured through the BIF, with certain deposits held by the Bank insured through the SAIF, both of which are administered by the FDIC. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of, and to require reporting by, FDIC-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the BIF or SAIF.

The FDIC’s deposit insurance premiums are assessed through a risk-based system under which all insured depository institutions are placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance premiums on deposits based upon their level of capital and supervisory evaluation. For 2006, the Bank will pay premium assessments on both its BIF and SAIF insured deposits in order to service the interest on the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) bond obligations which were used to finance the cost of “thrift bailouts” in the 1980’s. The FICO assessment rates for the first semi-annual period of 2006 were set at $.0132 per $100 of insured deposits each for BIF and SAIF assessable deposits. These rates may be adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in assessment basis for the BIF and SAIF.

Where You Can Find More Information About First Midwest

The Company makes available, free of charge, on its website, http://www.firstmidwest.com, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Before making an investment decision with respect to any of the Company’s securities, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties as described below together with all of the information included herein. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known or that are currently deemed immaterial also may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s results of operations and financial condition could suffer, possibly materially. In that event, the trading price of the Company’s common stock or other securities could decline. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and actual results may differ substantially from those discussed or implied in these forward-looking statements.

 

8


Table of Contents

Risks Related To The Company’s Business

Competition in the banking industry is intense.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In its primary market areas, the Bank competes with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. The Company’s profitability depends upon the Bank’s continued ability to compete effectively in its market areas. A number of local and out-of-state banking institutions have engaged in large-scale branch office expansion in the suburban Chicago markets, through acquisition or establishment of de novo branches.

The Company operates in a heavily regulated environment.

The banking industry is heavily regulated. The banking business of the Company and the Bank are subject, in certain respects, to regulation by the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the IDFPR, and the SEC. The Company’s success depends not only on competitive factors but also on state and federal regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies. The regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, not stockholders or other security holders. The ultimate effect of recent and proposed changes to the regulation of the financial institution industry cannot be predicted. Regulations now affecting the Company may be modified at any time, and there is no assurance that such modifications, if any, will not adversely affect the Company’s business.

Changes in the policies of monetary authorities could adversely affect the Company’s profitability.

The Company’s results of operations are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve include open market operations in United States government securities, changes in the discount rate or the federal funds rate on bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. Changes in these policies could adversely affect the Company’s profitability. For example, changes impacting the Company’s cost of funds could reduce net interest income. No certainty can be given as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand, or the business and earnings of the Bank due to changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets.

The Company’s business is concentrated in the Chicago metropolitan area, and a downturn in the economy of this area may adversely affect the Company’s business.

The Company’s success depends to a large degree on the general economic conditions of the geographic markets served by the Bank in the State of Illinois and, to a lesser extent, contiguous states. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the generation of the Bank’s commercial, real estate commercial, and real estate construction loans; the ability of borrowers to repay these loans; and the value of the collateral securing these loans. Adverse changes in the economic conditions of the Chicago metropolitan area in general could also negatively impact the financial results of the Company’s operations and have a negative effect on its profitability. For example, these factors could lead to reduced interest income and an increase in the provision for loan losses.

A significant portion of the loans in the Company’s portfolio is secured by real estate. Most of these loans are secured by properties located in the Chicago metropolitan area. Negative conditions in the real estate markets where collateral for a mortgage loan is located could adversely affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. Real estate values are affected by various factors, including changes in general or regional economic conditions, supply and demand for properties and governmental rules or policies.

Changes in the reserve for loan losses could affect profitability.

Managing the Company’s reserve for loan losses is based upon, among other things, (1) historical experience, (2) an evaluation of local and national economic conditions, (3) regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality, (4) current trends regarding the volume and severity of past due and problem loans, (5) the existence and effect of concentrations of credit and (6) results of regulatory examinations. Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the respective loan portfolios. Although the Company

 

9


Table of Contents

believes that the reserve for loan losses is adequate, there can be no assurance that such reserve will prove sufficient to cover future losses. Future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions change or adverse developments arise with respect to nonperforming or performing loans or if regulatory supervision changes. Material additions to the reserve for loan losses would result in a material decrease in the Company’s net income, and possibly its capital, and could result in the inability to pay dividends, among other adverse consequences.

The Company is a bank holding company, and its sources of funds are limited.

The Company is a bank holding company and its operations are primarily conducted by the Bank, which is subject to significant federal and state regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to stockholders of the Company is derived primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid by the Bank. As a result, the Company’s ability to receive dividends or loans from its subsidiaries is restricted. At December 31, 2005, $32.0 million of the retained earnings of the Bank were available to pay dividends to the Company without regulatory approval. Dividend payments by the Bank to the Company in the future will require generation of future earnings by the Bank and could require regulatory approval if the proposed dividend is in excess of prescribed guidelines. Further, the Company’s right to participate in the assets of the Bank upon its liquidation, reorganization or otherwise will be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors, including depositors, which will take priority except to the extent the Company may be a creditor with a recognized claim. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s subsidiaries had deposits and other liabilities of approximately $6.6 billion.

The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability.

Changes in interest rates could have an adverse effect on the Company’s income.

The Company’s financial performance depends to a significant extent upon its net interest income. Net interest income represents the difference between interest income and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s net interest income is adversely affected if interest paid on deposits and borrowings increases faster than the interest earned on loans and investments. Changes in interest rates could also adversely affect the income of certain components of the Company’s noninterest income. For example, if mortgage interest rates increase, the demand for residential mortgage loans would likely decrease, which would have an adverse effect on the gain on the sale of mortgages.

Changes in the mix of the Company’s funding sources could have an adverse effect on the Company’s income. Over half of the Company’s funding sources are in lower-rate transactional deposit accounts. Market rate increases or competitive pricing could heighten the risk of moving to higher-rate funding sources, which would cause an adverse impact on the Company’s net income.

Future acquisitions may disrupt the Company’s business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect operating results.

The Company has grown by strategically acquiring banks or branches of other banks. The Company intends to continue to pursue acquisitions to supplement internal growth opportunities. Acquiring other banks or branches involves risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including:

 

    potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of acquired banks;

 

    exposure to potential asset quality issues of acquired banks;

 

    potential disruption of the Company’s business;

 

    possible loss of key employees and customers of acquired banks;

 

    potential short-term decrease in profitability;

 

    potential diversion of management’s time and attention;

 

    issues in transition; and

 

    form of payment (stock purchases may be dilutive).

 

10


Table of Contents

Competition for acquisition candidates is intense.

Competition for acquisitions is intense. Numerous potential acquirors compete with the Company for most acquisition candidates, particularly on the basis of price to be paid. The Company may not be able to successfully identify and acquire suitable targets, which could slow the Company’s growth rate.

The Company’s continued pace of growth may require it to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.

The Company is required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations. To the extent the Company continues to expand its asset base, primarily through loan growth, it will be required to support such growth by increasing its capital. In addition, the Company may be required to raise capital to support its acquisition strategy. Accordingly, the Company may need to raise capital in the future to support continued growth.

The Company’s ability to raise capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of its control, and on the Company’s financial performance. Accordingly, the Company cannot assure you of its ability to raise capital when needed or on favorable terms. If the Company cannot raise additional capital when needed, it will be subject to increased regulatory supervision and the imposition of restrictions on its growth and business. These could negatively impact the Company’s ability to further expand its operations through acquisitions or the establishment of additional branches and may result in increases in operating expenses and reductions in revenues that could harm its operating results.

Any reduction in the Company’s credit ratings could increase its financing costs.

The Company cannot give any assurance that its current credit ratings will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances in the future so warrant. Any downgrade could increase the cost of borrowings or make it more difficult to obtain capital.

Our junior subordinated debentures have been assigned a rating by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), of “BBB-” (stable outlook), by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) of “Baa2” (stable outlook), and by Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”) of “BBB” (negative outlook). Fitch changed its outlook on our rating to negative on December 12, 2005.

The Company may experience greater than expected difficulties in integrating Bank Calumet into its operations.

The acquisition of Bank Calumet will involve the integration of two financial institutions that have previously operated independently of one another. The Company expects to realize cost savings together with other financial and operating benefits from the acquisition of Bank Calumet, but there can be no assurance as to when, or the extent to which, if at all, the Company will be able to realize these benefits. The Company may experience greater than expected difficulties in integrating Bank Calumet’s business, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to realize the expected benefits of the acquisition.

There are many things that could go wrong and adversely affect the business and profitability of the combined financial institution. The Company cannot predict the full range of post-acquisition problems that may occur. Some possible difficulties include:

 

    the integration of the business of the Company and Bank Calumet takes longer, or is more difficult, time-consuming or costly than expected;

 

    the expected growth opportunities and cost savings from the transaction are not fully realized or take longer to realize than expected;

 

    economic conditions deteriorate in the Chicago metropolitan area, the primary market area of both the Company and Bank Calumet; or

 

    operating costs, customer losses, and business disruption following the acquisition, including adverse effects on relationships with employees, are greater than expected.

The Company intends to finance a portion of the acquisition of Bank Calumet with a combination of the net proceeds of a common stock offering and the net proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. The Company intends to finance the remainder of the purchase price with senior debt, which may take the form of senior debentures, a bank term loan, or a draw under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The Company’s final determination as to the mix of subordinated notes and senior debt will depend upon market conditions at the time of the offering of the debt securities among other considerations.

The Company cannot give any assurance that it will be able to consummate the Bank Calumet acquisition during the time frame currently contemplated or at all. In the event that the closing of the acquisition is delayed or does not occur, and if the common stock and debt securities have been issued, the Company will incur significant interest expense and stockholders will suffer dilution without the benefit of having acquired Bank Calumet.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Company’s business is continually subject to technological change, and it may have fewer resources than its competition to continue to invest in technological improvements.

The banking and financial services industry continually undergoes rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers and thereby preserving its customer base, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. The Company’s future success will depend, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that enhance customer convenience, as well as create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements, and the Company may not effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or do so as quickly, which could reduce its ability to effectively compete.

The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, or other systems. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure, interruption, or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of the Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject the Company to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose the Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to examinations and challenges by tax authorities.

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments made and the businesses in which we have engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. These tax positions may relate to tax compliance, sales and use, franchise, gross receipts, payroll, property, or income tax issues, including tax base, apportionment, and tax credit planning. The challenges made by tax authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in the Company’s favor, they could have an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Consumers and businesses may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks at one or both ends of the transaction. For example, consumers can now pay bills and transfer funds directly without banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as disintermediation, could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and income generated from those deposits.

Risks Related to the Securities Markets

Substantial sales of the Company’s common stock could cause its stock price to fall.

If stockholders sell substantial amounts of the Company’s common stock in the public market, the market price of the Company’s common stock could fall. Such sales also might make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that it deems appropriate.

The Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-Laws, and Amended and Restated Rights Agreement as well as certain banking laws may have an anti-takeover effect.

Provisions of the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws, federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Rights Plan could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial by the Company’s stockholders. The combination of these provisions effectively inhibits a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Company may issue additional securities, which could dilute the ownership percentage of holders of the Company’s common stock.

The Company may issue additional securities to raise additional capital or finance acquisitions or upon the exercise or conversion of outstanding options, and if it does, the ownership percentage of holders of the Company’s common stock could be diluted.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None. The Company did not receive written comments from the Commission during the 180 days preceding the end of the fiscal year to which this annual report relates.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The executive offices of the Company, the Bank, and certain subsidiary operational facilities are located in a 16-story office building in Itasca, Illinois. The Company and the Bank currently occupy approximately 60,933 square feet of that building, which is leased through an unaffiliated third party.

As of December 31, 2005, the Bank operated through 68 bank branches and one operational facility. Of these, 12 are leased and the remaining 57 are owned and not subject to any material liens. The banking offices are largely located in various communities throughout northern Illinois, primarily the Chicago metropolitan suburban area. At certain Bank locations, excess space is leased to third parties. The Bank also owns 92 automated teller machines (ATMs), some of which are housed at a banking location and some of which are independently located. In addition, the Company owns other real property that, when considered individually or in the aggregate, is not material to the Company’s financial position.

The Company believes its facilities in the aggregate are suitable and adequate to operate its banking business. Additional information with respect to premises and equipment is presented in Note 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are certain legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business at December 31, 2005. The Company believes that any liabilities arising from these proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

There were no items submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2005.

 

13


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY,

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company’s common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “FMBI.” As of December 31, 2005, there were 2,605 stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the closing common stock price, dividends per share, and book value per share during each quarter of 2005 and 2004.

 

     2005     2004  
     Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Market price of common stock

                

High

   $ 39.25     $ 39.18     $ 36.45     $ 36.75     $ 38.30     $ 35.62     $ 36.03     $ 34.29  

Low

   $ 34.66     $ 34.43     $ 31.25     $ 31.92     $ 33.70     $ 32.25     $ 32.33     $ 31.13  

Quarter-end

   $ 35.06     $ 37.24     $ 35.08     $ 32.48     $ 36.29     $ 34.56     $ 35.21     $ 34.22  

Cash dividends per share

   $ 0.275     $ 0.25     $ 0.25     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.22     $ 0.22     $ 0.22  

Dividend yield at quarter-end (1) 

     3.14 %     2.69 %     2.85 %     2.96 %     2.65 %     2.55 %     2.50 %     2.57 %

Book value per share at quarter-end

   $ 11.99     $ 11.81     $ 11.83     $ 11.35     $ 11.55     $ 11.56     $ 10.87     $ 11.26  

(1) Ratios are presented on an annualized basis.

A discussion regarding the regulatory restrictions applicable to the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company is included in the “Dividends” section under Item 1 of this Form 10-K. A discussion of the Company’s history and philosophy regarding the payment of dividends is included in the “Management of Capital” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth information, as of December 31, 2005, relating to equity compensation plans of the Company pursuant to which options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time.

 

     Equity Compensation Plan Information

Plan Category

  

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of

outstanding options,
warrants, and rights

(a)

  

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants, and rights

(b)

  

Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities

reflected in column (a))

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

   2,319,316    $ 28.31    1,730,958

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)

   4,498      16.40    —  
                

Total

   2,323,814    $ 28.28    1,730,958
                

(1) Includes all outstanding options and awards under the Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan and the Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Plans”). Additional information and details about the Plans are also disclosed in Notes 1 and 16 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(2) Represents shares underlying deferred stock units credited under the Company’s Nonqualified Retirement Plan, payable on a one-for-one basis in shares of the Company’s common stock.

The Nonqualified Retirement Plan is a defined contribution deferred compensation plan under which participants are credited with deferred compensation equal to contributions and benefits that would have accrued to the participant under the Company’s tax-qualified plans, but for limitations under the Internal Revenue Code, and to amounts of salary and annual bonus that the participant has elected to defer. Participant accounts are deemed to be invested in separate investment accounts under the plan, with similar investment alternatives as those available under the Company’s tax-qualified savings and profit sharing plan, including an investment account deemed invested in shares of Company common stock. The accounts are adjusted to reflect the investment return related to such deemed investments. Except for the 4,498 shares set forth in the table above, all amounts credited under the Plan are paid in cash.

 

14


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table summarizes shares repurchased by the Company during the quarter ended December 31, 2005.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

     Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
   Average
Price
Paid per
Share
   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs (2)
   Maximum
Number of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs

October 1 - October 31, 2005

   1,102    $ 36.50    493    2,078,512

November 1 - November 30, 2005

   —        —      —      2,078,512

December 1 - December 31, 2005

   12,305      37.23    —      2,078,512
                   

Total

   13,407    $ 37.17    493   
                   

(1) Includes 493 shares purchased in private transactions and 12,914 shares acquired pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans. Under the terms of these plans, the Company accepts shares of common stock from employees if they decide to transfer to the Company previously owned shares as payment for the exercise price of the stock options.
(2) On May 18, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock, or 5.5% of shares then outstanding; the Board rescinded the former repurchase plan under which 225,163 shares authority remained. The new plan is the tenth such program since the Company’s formation in 1983 and authorizes stock repurchases in both open market and privately negotiated transactions and has no execution time limit.

For further details regarding the Company’s stock repurchase programs, refer to the section titled “Management of Capital” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Form 10-K.

 

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Consolidated financial information reflecting a summary of the operating results and financial condition of the Company for each of the five years ended December 31, 2005 is presented in the following table. This summary should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. A more detailed discussion and analysis of the factors affecting the Company’s financial condition and operating results is presented in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of this Form 10-K.

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
Operating Results (Amounts in thousands)           

Interest income

   $ 366,700     $ 315,342     $ 291,067     $ 329,664     $ 385,218  

Interest expense

     130,850       86,478       81,313       110,910       180,838  

Net interest income

     235,850       228,864       209,754       218,754       204,380  

Provision for loan losses

     8,930       12,923       10,805       15,410       19,084  

Noninterest income

     77,927       73,812       77,207       66,531       68,076  

Security (losses) gains, net

     (3,315 )     8,222       2,988       460       790  

Losses on early extinguishment of debt

     —         (2,653 )     (6,025 )     —         —    

Noninterest expense

     165,703       163,338       149,452       148,052       145,356  

Income tax expense

     34,452       32,848       30,889       32,133       26,668  

Net income

   $ 101,377     $ 99,136     $ 92,778     $ 90,150     $ 82,138  

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     45,567       46,469       46,671       48,074       50,057  

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     45,893       46,860       46,982       48,415       50,401  
Per Share Data           

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.22     $ 2.13     $ 1.99     $ 1.88     $ 1.64  

Diluted earnings per share

     2.21       2.12       1.97       1.86       1.63  

Cash dividends declared

     1.015       0.900       0.790       0.700       0.650  

Book value at year end

     11.99       11.55       11.22       10.42       9.18  

Market price at year end

     35.06       36.29       32.43       26.71       29.19  
Performance Ratios           

Return on average equity

     18.83 %     18.68 %     18.28 %     18.82 %     17.89 %

Return on average assets

     1.44 %     1.45 %     1.50 %     1.53 %     1.43 %

Net interest margin - tax equivalent

     3.87 %     3.91 %     3.99 %     4.28 %     4.10 %

Dividend payout ratio

     45.93 %     42.45 %     40.10 %     37.63 %     39.88 %

Average equity to average asset ratio

     7.65 %     7.74 %     8.19 %     8.12 %     7.99 %

Balance Sheet Highlights

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

   As of December 31,  
   2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

Total assets

   $ 7,210,151     $ 6,863,381     $ 6,906,658     $ 5,980,533     $ 5,667,919  

Loans

     4,306,191       4,135,278       4,059,782       3,406,846       3,372,306  

Deposits

     5,147,832       4,905,378       4,815,108       4,172,954       4,193,921  

Junior subordinated debentures

     130,092       129,294       128,716       —         —    

Long-term portion of Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     13,519       36,743       474,111       425,000       150,000  

Stockholders’ equity

     544,068       532,038       522,540       491,953       447,267  
Financial Ratios           

Reserve for loan losses as a percent of loans

     1.31 %     1.37 %     1.39 %     1.41 %     1.42 %

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

     10.72 %     10.45 %     10.29 %     9.93 %     9.96 %

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

     11.76 %     11.52 %     11.41 %     11.03 %     11.08 %

Tier 1 leverage to average assets

     8.16 %     8.16 %     8.49 %     7.32 %     7.43 %

Tangible equity to tangible assets

     6.30 %     6.43 %     6.22 %     7.97 %     7.60 %

 

16


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

The following discussion and analysis is intended to address the significant factors affecting the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income for the years 2003 through 2005 and Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2004 and 2005. The discussion is designed to provide stockholders with a comprehensive review of the operating results and financial condition and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes thereto, and other financial information presented in this Form 10-K.

A condensed review of operations for the fourth quarter of 2005 is included herein in the section titled “Fourth Quarter 2005 vs. 2004.” The review provides an analysis of the quarterly earnings performance for the fourth quarter of 2005 as compared to the same period in 2004.

Unless otherwise stated, all earnings per share data included in this section and through the remainder of this discussion are presented on a diluted basis.

ACQUISITION AND DIVESTITURE ACTIVITY

Pending Transaction

On December 12, 2005, the Company announced the execution of a definitive agreement to acquire Bank Calumet, Inc. (“Bank Calumet”) and its wholly owned subsidiary bank for $307 million in cash. Bank Calumet is a bank holding company headquartered in Hammond, Indiana with $1.2 billion in assets and 30 branches located predominantly in Lake County, Indiana and the contiguous Illinois counties of Cook and Will. In February 2006, the transaction was approved by the Federal Reserve and by Bank Calumet’s shareholders. The Company expects to complete this acquisition early in the second quarter of 2006, subject to customary closing conditions, including the approval of the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Indiana.

The Company believes that Bank Calumet represents an excellent opportunity to expand its franchise in the southeast Chicago metropolitan area. The Company looks forward to building upon the long-standing relationships that Bank Calumet has developed in its 73 years of banking service to these dynamic markets and expects that Bank Calumet’s conservative policies, diversified lending base, and community banking approach will fit well with the Company’s established business model.

Completed Transactions

On December 31, 2003, the Company completed the acquisition of CoVest Bancshares, Inc. (the “CoVest Acquisition”), a $645.6 million single bank holding company, in a cash transaction valued at $27.45 per CoVest share, or approximately $102.2 million in the aggregate. CoVest provided retail and commercial banking services to customers through three full service locations in the northwest suburbs of Chicago, Illinois. The transaction, which was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, included the recognition of $12.9 million of identifiable intangible assets to be amortized over a weighted-average life of 7.1 years and the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets (“goodwill”) of $49.7 million. The goodwill and intangibles resulting from this transaction were not deductible for income tax purposes.

On November 17, 2003, the Company completed the sale of two retail branch offices in Streator, Illinois, which included $69.1 million of deposits and other liabilities, $11.3 million of loans, and $500,000 of premises and equipment. The Company received a deposit premium of 7%, or $4.9 million. The pre-tax gain from the sale was $4.6 million, net of associated costs, and was reflected in other non-interest income.

On June 13, 2003, the Company acquired from The Northern Trust Company a single retail branch office located in Chicago, Illinois, which had $102.9 million of deposits and $13.9 million of loans. This acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and resulted in the recognition of $18.4 million and $0.9 million in goodwill and core deposit intangibles, respectively. Both the goodwill and core deposit intangibles resulting from the transaction were deductible for income tax purposes.

 

17


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and are consistent with predominant practices in the financial services industry. Application of critical accounting policies, those policies that management believes are the most important to the Company’s financial position and results of operations, requires management to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes and are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements. Future changes in information may affect these estimates, assumptions, and judgments, which, in turn, may affect amounts reported in the financial statements.

The Company has numerous accounting policies, of which the most significant are presented in Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. These policies, along with the disclosures presented in the other financial statement notes and in this discussion, provide information on how significant assets and liabilities are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Based on the valuation techniques used and the sensitivity of financial statement amounts to the methods, assumptions, and estimates underlying those amounts, management has determined that its accounting policies with respect to the reserve for loan losses and income taxes are the accounting areas requiring subjective or complex judgments that are most important to the Company’s financial position and results of operations, and, as such, are considered to be critical accounting policies, as discussed below.

Reserve for Loan Losses

Arriving at an appropriate level of reserve for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment. The Company’s reserve for loan losses provides for probable losses based upon evaluations of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Management uses historical information to assess the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses as well as its assessment of the prevailing business environment, as it is affected by changing economic conditions and various external factors, which may impact the portfolio in ways currently unforeseen. The reserve is increased by provisions for loan losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged-off and reduced by loans charged-off. For a full discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the adequacy of the reserve for loan losses, see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income tax expense by applying an estimated effective tax rate to its pre-tax income. The effective tax rate is based on management’s judgments and estimates regarding permanent differences in the treatment of specific items of income and expense for financial statement and income tax purposes. In addition, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities, recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, based on management’s judgments and estimates regarding temporary differences in the recognition of income and expenses for financial statement and income tax purposes.

The Company must also assess the likelihood that any deferred tax assets will be realized through the reduction or refund of taxes in future periods and establish a valuation allowance for those assets for which recovery is unlikely. In making this assessment, management must make judgments and estimates regarding the ability to realize the asset through carryback to taxable income in prior years, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, and the possible application of future tax planning strategies. Although the Company has determined a valuation allowance is not required for any deferred tax assets, there is no guarantee that these assets are recognizable. For additional discussion of income taxes, see Notes 1 and 14 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statement under the Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: The Company and its representatives may, from time to time, make written or oral statements that are “forward-looking” and provide information other than historical information, including statements contained in the Form 10-K, the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in communications to its stockholders. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results to be materially different from any results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement. These factors include, among other things, the factors listed below.

 

18


Table of Contents

In some cases, the Company has identified forward-looking statements by such words or phrases as “will likely result,” “is confident that,” “expects,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “may,” “will continue to,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “predicts,” “forecasts,” “estimates,” “projects,” “potential,” “intends,” or similar expressions identifying “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including the negative of those words and phrases. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current views and assumptions regarding future events, future business conditions, and the outlook for the Company based on currently available information. The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made.

In connection with the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, the Company is hereby identifying important factors that could affect the Company’s financial performance and could cause the Company’s actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any forward-looking statements.

Among the factors that could have an impact on the Company’s ability to achieve operating results, growth plan goals, and the beliefs expressed or implied in forward-looking statements are:

 

    Management’s ability to reduce and effectively manage interest rate risk and the impact of interest rates in general on the volatility of the Company’s net interest income;

 

    Asset/liability matching risks and liquidity risks;

 

    Fluctuations in the value of the Company’s investment securities;

 

    The ability to attract and retain senior management experienced in banking and financial services;

 

    The sufficiency of the reserve for loan losses to absorb the amount of actual losses inherent in the existing portfolio of loans;

 

    Credit risks and risks from concentrations (by geographic area and by industry) within the Company’s loan portfolio;

 

    The failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimation of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;

 

    The effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds, and other financial institutions operating in the Company’s markets or elsewhere or providing similar services;

 

    Volatility of rate sensitive deposits;

 

    The Company’s ability to adapt successfully to technological changes to compete effectively in the marketplace;

 

    Operational risks, including data processing system failures or fraud;

 

    Changes in the economic environment, competition, or other factors that may influence the anticipated growth rate of loans and deposits, the quality of the loan portfolio and loan and deposit pricing;

 

    The timing of the closing of the Bank Calumet acquisition, the impact of mark-to-market adjustments required by purchase accounting, and issues that may arise in connection with the integration of Bank Calumet, including the inability to achieve expected cost savings within the expected time frame as well as market conditions that may impact the pricing of securities to be offered or borrowings made by the Company to finance the acquisition.

 

    The Company’s ability to successfully pursue acquisition and expansion strategies and integrate any acquired companies;

 

    The impact from liabilities arising from legal or administrative proceedings, enforcement of bank regulations, and enactment or application of securities regulations;

 

    Governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes, that may result in the imposition of costs and constraints on the Company through higher FDIC insurance premiums, significant fluctuations in market interest rates, increases in capital requirements, and operational limitations;

 

    Changes in federal and state tax laws, including changes in tax laws affecting tax rates, income not subject to tax under current law, income sourcing, and consolidation/combination rules;

 

    Changes in general economic or industry conditions, nationally or in the communities in which the Company conducts business;

 

    Changes in accounting principles, policies, or guidelines affecting the businesses conducted by the Company;

 

    Acts of war or terrorism; and

 

    Other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, products, services, and prices.

 

19


Table of Contents

The foregoing list of important factors may not be all-inclusive, and the Company specifically declines to undertake any obligation to publicly revise any forward-looking statements that have been made to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

With respect to forward-looking statements set forth in the notes to consolidated financial statements, including those relating to contingent liabilities and legal proceedings, some of the factors that could affect the ultimate disposition of those contingencies are changes in applicable laws, the development of facts in individual cases, settlement opportunities, and the actions of plaintiffs, judges, and juries.

PERFORMANCE OVERVIEW

General Overview

2005 Compared with 2004

The Company, through its banking network, provides a full range of both business and retail banking and trust and investment management services through 68 banking offices, primarily in suburban metropolitan Chicago. The primary source of the Company’s revenue is net interest income, which represents the difference between interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, and fees from financial services provided to customers. Business volumes tend to be influenced by overall economic factors including market interest rates, business spending, and consumer confidence, as well as competitive conditions within the marketplace.

The Company’s net income for 2005 increased 4.2% on a per diluted share basis to $101.4 million, or $2.21 per diluted share, from net income of $99.1 million, or $2.12 per diluted share, in 2004.

In 2005, the Company’s return on average assets was 1.44% as compared to 1.45% in 2004 and its return on average equity was 18.8% as compared to 18.7% in 2004. The Company’s performance reflects continuing solid levels of profitability and credit quality as well as the benefits of growth in corporate lending and fee-based business lines.

In comparison to 2004, the Company’s net income benefited from growth in interest-earning asset levels of $210.1 million, which generated higher tax equivalent net interest income of $5.6 million, lower provisions for loan losses of $4.0 million, and increased fee-based revenue of $5.4 million. Partially offsetting these benefits were $3.3 million in security losses, $2.4 million in higher noninterest expense, lower income generated from the disposition of assets, and a higher effective tax rate. The Company’s overall profitability continues to benefit from strong earnings, reflecting improving net interest income and noninterest income, solid credit quality, cost control, and efficient use of capital.

The Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2005 increased 4.1% to $4.3 billion, an increase of $170.9 million as compared to December 31, 2004, as growth in corporate and real estate 1-4 family lending offset declines in consumer lending. Corporate lending, representing commercial and industrial, real estate commercial, real estate construction, and agricultural lending categories, increased 8.2% from December 31, 2004.

Total average deposits for 2005 were $5.1 billion, an increase of 3.8% as compared to 2004, largely as the result of a 15.9% increase in average time deposits. Average time deposits for 2005 in comparison to 2004 reflect the combined impact of targeted sales promotion and higher levels of brokered deposits. The increase in time deposit balances was partially offset by decreases in savings, NOW, and money market balances as consumer preferences changed in response to the higher level of interest rates and time deposit promotion.

Nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2005 totaled $14.9 million, down 35.2% from $22.9 million as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2005, nonperforming assets, including foreclosed real estate, represented 0.35% of loans plus foreclosed real estate as compared to 0.55% as of December 31, 2004 and near the Company’s historical low of 0.34% as of June 30, 2005. Loans past due 90 days and still accruing totaled $9.0 million as of December 31, 2005, down from $10.4 million as of September 30, 2005 and up from $2.7 million as of December 31, 2004. The 2005 increase in loans past due 90 days primarily resulted from the transfer of a $3.6 million loan in the process of collection to accruing status and a single $1.2 million past due loan, which is fully secured by cash.

Net charge-offs for 2005 totaled $9.3 million, or 0.22% of average loans. In comparison to full year 2004, net charge-offs declined by $3.4 million, or 26.6%. As of December 31, 2005, the reserve for loan losses stood at 1.31% of total loans as compared to 1.37% as of December 31, 2004.

 

20


Table of Contents

Net losses realized from the Company’s securities portfolio totaled $3.3 million in 2005. During the first quarter of 2005, the Company responded to changing market conditions and its continued expectation for higher interest rates by selling $23.0 million in municipal securities and $26.7 million in collateralized mortgage obligations, resulting in a gain of $2.6 million. Security proceeds were reinvested in shorter-term mortgage-backed securities. In December 2005, the Company announced its intent to sell approximately $212.0 million of under-performing mortgage-backed securities, representing 9.0% of the Company’s total securities portfolio. As a result of this action, the Company realized approximately $6.2 million of pre-tax security losses in fourth quarter 2005. As of December 31, 2005, 55.4% of the projected sales of securities had been completed, and the proceeds were reinvested in longer-term municipal securities. The remaining $94.5 million of targeted sales were completed in January 2006 with the proceeds used to temporarily reduce short-term borrowings. $377,000 in security gains was recognized in January 2006 relating to these sales. The proceeds may subsequently be used to acquire higher interest-yielding assets as market conditions warrant.

2004 Compared with 2003

The Company’s net income for 2004 increased 7.6% on a per diluted share basis to $99.1 million, or $2.12 per diluted share, from net income of $92.8 million, or $1.97 per diluted share, in 2003.

In 2004, the Company’s return on average assets was 1.45% as compared to 1.50% in 2003 and its return on average equity was 18.7% as compared to 18.3% in 2003. In comparison to 2003, the Company’s net income benefited from $612.8 million higher interest-earning asset levels, which generated higher tax equivalent net interest income of $18.9 million, $5.2 million higher net realized security gains, $3.4 million lower losses resulting from extinguishment of debt, and improved fee revenue. Partially offsetting these benefits were $2.1 million in higher provisions for loan losses, $13.9 million in higher noninterest expense, and lower income generated from the disposition of assets.

The Company’s total loans of $4.1 billion at December 31, 2004 increased 1.9% from December 31, 2003. 2004 growth was influenced by two separate asset deployment decisions. During the fourth quarter 2004, the Company converted $74.2 million of its 1-4 family residential mortgages into an investment security. During 2004, indirect consumer loans declined $60.7 million, reflecting the Company’s decision in 2004 to cease the origination of new volumes from this marginally profitable business line. Excluding both 1-4 family residential loans and indirect consumer loans, the Company’s total loans would have increased 6.0% as commercial, agricultural, real estate commercial, and home equity consumer loan categories all grew. Commercial loans outstanding as of December 31, 2004 increased by 8.9% compared to December 31, 2003. Consumer home equity loans increased 10.9% from December 31, 2003, reflecting sales success and targeted promotion.

Total deposits as of December 31, 2004 totaled $4.9 billion, up 1.9% from December 31, 2003. Demand and time deposit balances outstanding as of December 31, 2004 increased 7.4% and 3.5%, respectively, in comparison to 2003, largely due to targeted sales efforts and consumer preferences.

The Company’s credit quality improved during 2004. Nonperforming assets totaled $22.9 million as of December 31, 2004, down 20.6% from $28.9 million as of December 31, 2003. As of December 31, 2004, the ratio of nonperforming assets plus 90 days past due loans to total loans plus foreclosed real estate was 0.62%, improving 21.5% from 0.79% as of December 31, 2003.

During 2004, the Company completed the successful integration of CoVest Bancshares, Inc., a bank holding company in northwestern suburban Cook County that the Company acquired on December 31, 2003 (“the CoVest Acquisition”). As a result, the Company’s average assets increased in 2004 by $645.6 million over 2003, while requiring only a minimal increase in back-office support.

Business Outlook

The synergies created by the Company’s 2005 activities put the Company in a strong position to continue its forward momentum in 2006. The Company’s efforts in fourth quarter 2005 to modestly restructure the securities portfolio, tightly manage credit risk, and rationalize staffing costs, combined with favorable trends in deposit, corporate loans, and fee-based business lines, should benefit 2006 performance. In 2006, the Company will work to balance these benefits with the challenges of a flat interest rate yield curve that offers little prospect of reversing in the near term and a competitive response in the marketplace that remains vigorous.

 

21


Table of Contents

2006 performance will be impacted by the expensing of stock options and the anticipated acquisition of Bank Calumet early in the second quarter of 2006. The Company is especially encouraged by the values inherent in the Bank Calumet franchise represented by a strong depository base coupled with a marketplace that has strong loan expansion potential. The Company expects 2006 earnings to be in the range of $2.42 to $2.50 per diluted share, including the estimated impact of the acquisition of Bank Calumet.

The Company feels that it is well positioned for continued performance improvement because it operates in strong markets with favorable business fundamentals. The Company expects continued expansion in the markets it serves, which should generate a greater demand for the Company’s products and services. The competition for bank products and services continues to intensify in the Chicago metropolitan area as banks headquartered both within and outside of Chicago have announced aggressive expansion plans. The Company continues to believe it can compete successfully because of the high quality of its products and services, its unique relationship-based approach to banking, and its knowledge of and connections to the communities it serves.

Overall 2006 performance is expected to benefit from increased net interest income due to higher interest-earning asset levels funded by deposit acquisition and increased fee-based revenue. Interest-earning asset improvement should result from improved loan demand due to favorable trends in corporate lending and targeted pricing and promotion of home equity lending. These benefits are likely to be offset by expected increases in noninterest expense.

Net interest margin is anticipated to remain under short-term pressure given the prolonged, flattened interest rate yield curve and the Company’s expectation of increasing interest rates. In this environment, net interest margin pressure would result from a narrowing spread between repricing asset yields and deposit and borrowing costs. The Company’s actual net interest margin performance will depend upon a number of factors, such as the growth in interest-earning assets, the Company’s mix of assets and liabilities, the pace and timing of changes in interest rates, and the shape of the yield curve.

EARNINGS PERFORMANCE

Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between interest income and fees earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. The level of interest rates and the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities impact net interest income. Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of total interest-earning assets. The accounting policies underlying the recognition of interest income on loans, securities, and other interest-earning assets are presented in Notes 1, 5, and 11 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

For purposes of this discussion, both net interest income and net interest margin have been adjusted to a fully tax equivalent basis to more appropriately compare the returns on certain tax-exempt loans and securities to those on taxable interest-earning assets. The effect of such adjustment is presented in the following table:

Table 1

Effect of Tax Equivalent Adjustment

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

                    % Change  
     2005    2004    2003    2005-2004     2004-2003  

Net interest income

   $ 235,850    $ 228,864    $ 209,754    3.1     9.1  

Tax equivalent adjustment

     16,080      17,440      17,642    (7.8 )   (1.1 )
                                 

Tax equivalent net interest income

   $ 251,930    $ 246,304    $ 227,396    2.3     8.3  
                                 

Tax equivalent net interest income in 2005 increased 2.3% in comparison to 2004 primarily due to growth in interest-earning assets. The benefits of this growth were partially offset by a lower net interest margin, which fell 4 basis points from 3.91% in 2004 to 3.87% in 2005. The decrease in net interest margin reflects the combined impact of the flat interest rate curve on interest-earning asset yields and increasing liability costs as the deposit mix shifted in response to higher interest rates and competitive pricing.

Tax equivalent net interest income in 2004 increased 8.3% from 2003 primarily as a result of growth in interest-earning assets acquired as part of the CoVest Acquisition. This increase was partially offset by lower net interest margins. Margin contraction of 8 basis points in 2004 resulted primarily from the repricing of earning assets in the low interest rate environment and the acceleration of cash flows due to refinance-related prepayments on mortgage-backed securities.

 

22


Table of Contents

Table 2 summarizes the Company’s average interest-earning assets and funding sources over the last three years, as well as interest income and interest expense related to each category of assets and funding sources and the yield earned and rates paid on each. The table also shows the trend in net interest margin on a quarterly basis for 2005 and 2004, including the tax equivalent yields on earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Table 3 analyzes the changes in interest income, interest expense, and net interest income that result from changes in the volumes of earning assets and funding sources, as well as fluctuations in interest rates.

Tax equivalent interest income was $382.8 million in 2005 as compared to $332.8 million in 2004 and $308.7 million in 2003. Of the $50.0 million increase in tax equivalent interest income in 2005 as compared to 2004, $40.4 million was attributable to comparatively higher interest rate levels, and $9.6 million was attributable to higher average interest-earning assets. Average interest-earning assets for 2005 increased by $210.1 million to $6.5 billion as compared to $6.3 billion in 2004. The 2005 increase included a $160.9 million increase in average securities balances and a $71.7 million increase in average loan balances.

Interest expense increased by $44.4 million to $130.9 million in 2005 as compared to $86.5 million in 2004, following a $5.2 million increase from $81.3 million in 2003. The 2005 increase was comprised of a $39.2 million increase attributable to increases in interest rates, and $5.2 million increase attributable to increased balances of average interest-bearing liabilities.

The Company’s improved interest income in 2004 from 2003 primarily resulted from higher average loans outstanding due to the CoVest Acquisition and improved sales activity. Average interest-earning assets for 2004 increased $612.8 million, or 10.8%, to $6.3 billion as compared to $5.7 billion in 2003, largely as a result of assets acquired in the CoVest Acquisition. The growth in volume increased 2004’s interest income by $33.8 million. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in rates received that reduced interest income by $9.8 million. Average interest-bearing liabilities for 2004 increased by $557.0 million, or 11.6%, to $5.4 billion, due in large part to the CoVest Acquisition, including the $125 million issuance of trust preferred securities to fund the acquisition.

 

23


Table of Contents

Table 2

Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    2005   2004   2003
    Average
Balance
    Interest  

Yield/

Rate

(%)

  Average
Balance
    Interest  

Yield/

Rate

(%)

  Average
Balance
    Interest   Yield/
Rate
(%)
Assets:                  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

  $ 1,385     $ 40   2.89   $ 6,090     $ 96   1.58   $ 3,925     $ 36   0.92

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

    1,284       56   4.36     18,413       237   1.29     9,515       114   1.20

Mortgages held for sale

    5,248       275   5.24     5,841       300   5.14     16,932       932   5.50

Securities:

                 

Available for sale - taxable

    1,587,973       68,643   4.32     1,412,866       57,163   4.05     1,466,925       56,077   3.82

Available for sale - nontaxable (1)

    643,422       42,620   6.62     658,998       45,795   6.95     656,624       46,307   7.05

Held to maturity - taxable

    10,644       427   4.01     11,826       439   3.71     13,378       831   6.21

Held to maturity - nontaxable (1)

    52,611       3,392   6.45     50,079       3,280   6.55     61,157       4,010   6.56
                                                     

Total securities

    2,294,650       115,082   5.02     2,133,769       106,677   5.00     2,198,084       107,225   4.88

Loans (1)(2):

                 

Commercial and industrial

    1,184,404       73,744   6.23     1,108,816       57,254   5.16     962,957       51,724   5.37

Agricultural

    117,544       6,988   5.95     100,232       4,494   4.48     85,869       4,036   4.70

Real estate - commercial

    1,586,757       100,941   6.36     1,446,441       82,017   5.67     1,022,405       62,307   6.09

Real estate - construction

    414,166       30,376   7.33     438,158       22,368   5.11     378,730       19,061   5.03

Consumer

    792,517       48,185   6.08     894,362       50,097   5.60     890,872       55,547   6.24

Real estate - 1-4 family

    119,362       7,093   5.94     155,058       9,242   5.96     125,044       7,727   6.18
                                                     

Total loans

    4,214,750       267,327   6.34     4,143,067       225,472   5.44     3,465,877       200,402   5.78
                                                     

Total interest-earning assets (1)(2)

    6,517,317       382,780   5.87     6,307,180       332,782   5.28     5,694,333       308,709   5.42
                                               

Cash and due from banks

    148,731           176,216           176,235      

Reserve for loan losses

    (56,842 )         (57,243 )         (49,182 )    

Other assets

    433,464           434,092           378,277      
                                   

Total assets

  $ 7,042,670         $ 6,860,245         $ 6,199,663      
                                   

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

                 

Savings deposits

  $ 615,324       4,025   0.65   $ 646,214       4,305   0.67   $ 498,798       2,489   0.50

NOW accounts

    893,706       10,706   1.20     921,635       7,549   0.82     813,993       7,089   0.87

Money market deposits

    672,411       13,690   2.04     732,456       9,083   1.24     616,868       7,850   1.27
                                                     

Total interest-bearing transactional deposits

    2,181,441       28,421   1.30     2,300,305       20,937   0.91     1,929,659       17,428   0.90

Time deposits

    1,965,710       58,254   2.96     1,696,358       36,495   2.15     1,599,761       38,844   2.43
                                                     

Total interest-bearing deposits

    4,147,151       86,675   2.09     3,996,663       57,432   1.44     3,529,420       56,272   1.59

Borrowed funds

    1,235,205       35,834   2.90     1,253,419       20,980   1.67     1,276,616       23,962   1.88

Junior subordinated debentures

    130,377       8,341   6.40     128,454       8,066   6.28     15,515       1,079   6.95
                                                     

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    5,512,733       130,850   2.37     5,378,536       86,478   1.61     4,821,551       81,313   1.69
                                   

Demand deposits

    931,711           894,093           806,777      

Other liabilities

    59,711           56,895           63,755      

Stockholders’ equity

    538,515           530,721           507,580      
                                   

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 7,042,670         $ 6,860,245         $ 6,199,663      
                                   

Net interest income/margin (1) 

    $ 251,930   3.87     $ 246,304   3.91     $ 227,396   3.99
                                   

Quarterly Net Interest Margin Trend

 

     2005     2004  
     Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Yield on interest-earning assets

   6.20 %   5.95 %   5.79 %   5.53 %   5.42 %   5.30 %   5.10 %   5.29 %

Rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities

   2.86 %   2.44 %   2.19 %   1.96 %   1.76 %   1.64 %   1.50 %   1.54 %

Net interest margin (1)

   3.79 %   3.88 %   3.93 %   3.87 %   3.94 %   3.90 %   3.81 %   3.97 %

(1) Interest income and yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a federal tax rate of 35%.
(2) Loans on a nonaccrual basis for the recognition of interest income totaled $12.0 million as of December 31, 2005, $19.2 million as of December 31, 2004, and $23.1 million as of December 31, 2003 and are included in loans for purposes of this analysis.

 

24


Table of Contents

Table 3

Changes in Net Interest Income Applicable to Volumes and Interest Rates (1)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     2005 as compared to 2004     2004 compared to 2003  
     Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

   $ 691     $ (747 )   $ (56 )   $ 26     $ 34     $ 60  

Securities:

            

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     115       (296 )     (181 )     114       9       123  

Mortgages held for sale

     (31 )     6       (25 )     (574 )     (58 )     (632 )

Securities:

            

Available for sale - taxable

     7,397       4,083       11,480       (1,861 )     2,947       1,086  

Available for sale - nontaxable (2)

     (1,065 )     (2,110 )     (3,175 )     168       (680 )     (512 )

Held to maturity - taxable

     (59 )     47       (12 )     (88 )     (304 )     (392 )

Held to maturity - nontaxable (2)

     162       (50 )     112       (726 )     (4 )     (730 )
                                                

Total securities

     6,435       1,970       8,405       (2,507 )     1,959       (548 )

Loans (2):

            

Commercial and industrial

     4,103       12,387       16,490       7,427       (1,897 )     5,530  

Agricultural

     864       1,630       2,494       632       (174 )     458  

Real estate - commercial

     8,386       10,538       18,924       23,682       (3,972 )     19,710  

Real estate - construction

     (1,148 )     9,156       8,008       3,030       277       3,307  

Consumer

     (7,655 )     5,743       (1,912 )     219       (5,669 )     (5,450 )

Real estate - 1-4 family

     (2,121 )     (28 )     (2,149 )     1,778       (263 )     1,515  
                                                

Total loans

     2,429       39,426       41,855       36,768       (11,698 )     25,070  
                                                

Total interest income (2)

     9,639       40,359       49,998       33,827       (9,754 )     24,073  
                                                

Savings deposits

     (203 )     (77 )     (280 )     851       965       1,816  

NOW accounts

     (222 )     3,379       3,157       837       (377 )     460  

Money market deposits

     (675 )     5,282       4,607       1,427       (194 )     1,233  
                                                

Total interest-bearing transactional deposits

     (1,100 )     8,584       7,484       3,115       394       3,509  

Time deposits

     6,443       15,316       21,759       2,646       (4,995 )     (2,349 )
                                                

Total interest-bearing deposits

     5,343       23,900       29,243       5,761       (4,601 )     1,160  

Borrowed funds

     (300 )     15,154       14,854       (428 )     (2,554 )     (2,982 )

Junior subordinated debentures

     122       153       275       7,082       (95 )     6,987  
                                                

Total interest expense

     5,165       39,207       44,372       12,415       (7,250 )     5,165  
                                                

Net interest income (2)

   $ 4,474     $ 1,152     $ 5,626     $ 21,412     $ (2,504 )   $ 18,908  
                                                

(1) For purposes of this table, changes which are not due solely to volume changes or rate changes are allocated to such categories on the basis of the percentage relationship of each to the sum of the two.
(2) Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a federal tax rate of 35%.

The Company’s tax equivalent net interest margin was 3.87% in 2005 as compared to 3.91% in 2004 and 3.99% in 2003. The 2005 decrease reflected the impact of the flattening interest rate yield curve on longer-term asset yields as well as the shift of customer balances from lower-costing transaction accounts to higher-costing time deposits, as consumer preferences adjusted to the increasing level of shorter-term interest rates and competitive pricing over this period. This impact was partially offset by a $2.7 million contribution to net interest income and to net interest margin resulting from the return to accruing status of a $3.6 million nonperforming real estate construction loan during the second half of 2005. This loan returned to accruing status as the Company expects ongoing remediation efforts to result in recoveries in excess of recorded principal by the end of first quarter 2006, with the amount of such excess recoveries recorded as interest income. The loan was included in loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2005.

Net interest margin for fourth quarter 2005 was 3.79%, down from 3.88% for third quarter 2005 and 3.93% for second quarter 2005. The decreases from second quarter 2005 to third quarter 2005 and from third quarter 2005 to fourth quarter

 

25


Table of Contents

2005 reflect the combined impact of the flat interest rate curve on interest-earning asset yields and increasing liability costs as the deposit mix shifted in response to higher interest rates and competitive pricing. Net interest margin for second quarter 2005 increased 6 basis points from 3.87% for first quarter 2005. This increase reflected the positive impact of comparatively higher shorter-term interest rates on loan yields and the lagging effects on repricing deposit costs, both of which were offset, in part, by the impact of a flattening yield curve on longer-term asset yields.

Net interest margin in 2004 decreased as interest-earning assets repriced more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities during the continued low interest rate environment. The average yield earned on interest-earning assets decreased by 14 basis points in 2004, while the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 8 basis points. Net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2004 was 3.94%, an improvement from third quarter 2004’s 3.90% and second quarter 2004’s 3.81%. This linked-quarter margin improvement reflects the benefit of rising short-term interest rates, which increased 125 basis points from June 30, 2004 to December 31, 2004. In addition, linked-quarter performance benefited from higher security yields as mortgage-related prepayment speeds slowed. Net interest margin declined during the first half of 2004 as a greater volume of interest-earning assets began to reprice during that period of continued low interest rates. In part, the speed of this decline was accelerated as a result of the impact of refinance-related prepayments on mortgage-backed securities and certain measures taken by management to better insulate net interest income and margin from the potential of future rising interest rates.

Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Form 10-K describes the measures taken and discusses the techniques used to manage the volatility and other factors that affect net interest margin and net interest income.

Noninterest Income

The Company’s noninterest income totaled $74.6 million in 2005, as compared to $79.4 million in 2004. Noninterest income in 2005 included net security losses of $3.3 million, and 2004 noninterest income included both security gains of $8.2 million and losses from the early extinguishment of debt of $2.7 million. As shown in Table 4 below, excluding these transactions, total noninterest income for full year 2005 would have improved 5.6% from 2004.

Other service charges, commissions, and fees increased $2.4 million, or 16.0%, to $17.6 million in 2005 as compared to $15.1 million in 2004. These increases primarily resulted from a $1.3 million increase in merchant fees reflecting the benefits of a change in fee structure. Card-based revenues improved by 10.3%, or $955,000, to $10.2 million in 2005 as compared to $9.3 million in 2004 as more consumers used point-of-sale transactions. Service charges on deposit accounts increased by 4.7%, or $1.4 million, in 2005 from 2004. This improvement in service charges primarily resulted from a $2.8 million increase in fees received on items drawn on customer accounts with insufficient funds and was partially offset by a $1.2 million decrease in service charges on business accounts. Trust and investment management fees increased $705,000, or 5.9%, from 2004 as greater fee revenue was generated primarily as a result of a 6.5% increase in assets under management that generated more fees.

Noninterest income increased $5.2 million to $79.4 million in 2004 from $74.2 million in 2003, largely the result of higher realized security gains and lower debt extinguishment losses. These increases were offset by the absence in 2004 of gains realized from the Company’s 2003 divestiture of its two branches in Streator, Illinois. Excluding these transactions, the Company’s noninterest income would have improved in 2004 to $73.8 million from $72.6 million in 2003. As compared to 2003, increases in service charges on deposit accounts, card-based fees, and trust and investment management fees were offset by a decline in other service charges, commissions, and fees and other income. In 2004, service charges on deposit accounts increased $913,000, primarily benefiting from higher fees received on items drawn on customer accounts with insufficient funds. Card-based revenues improved $916,000 in 2004, reflecting the continuing acceptance of debit card payment as an alternative to cash or check. Compared to 2003, trust and investment management fees improved $1.1 million, or 10.0%, in 2004, as an 8.1% year over year increase in assets under management and strong sales growth and improving equity markets generated greater fee revenue. The $1.0 million decline in other service charges, commissions, and fees reflects the impact of lower mortgage-related commissions, as refinancing activity slowed in 2004.

Nonoperating revenues include net security (losses) gains, net losses on the early extinguishment of debt, and net gains on branch divestitures. For a discussion on net security (losses) gains, refer to the section titled “Investment Portfolio Management.” For a discussion on losses on early extinguishment of debt, refer to the section titled “Funding and Liquidity Management.” In 2003, the Company recognized a $4.6 million gain on the divestiture of two branches in rural, Streator, Illinois. Nonoperating revenues decreased noninterest income by $3.3 million in 2005 and increased noninterest income by $5.6 million in 2004 and $1.6 million in 2003.

 

26


Table of Contents

Table 4

Noninterest Income Analysis

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

                       % Change  
     2005     2004     2003     2005-2004     2004-2003  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 30,199     $ 28,837     $ 27,924     4.7     3.3  

Trust and investment management fees

     12,593       11,888       10,810     5.9     10.0  

Other service charges, commissions, and fees

     17,572       15,147       16,187     16.0     (6.4 )

Card-based fees (1)

     10,207       9,252       8,336     10.3     11.0  
                                    

Subtotal fee-based revenues

     70,571       65,124       63,257     8.4     3.0  

Corporate owned life insurance (“COLI”) (2)

     5,163       4,939       5,059     4.5     (2.4 )

Other income (3)

     2,193       3,749       4,256     (41.5 )   (11.9 )
                                    

Subtotal operating revenues

     77,927       73,812       72,572     5.6     1.7  

Security (losses) gains, net

     (3,315 )     8,222       2,988     N/M     N/M  

Net losses on early extinguishment of debt

     —         (2,653 )     (6,025 )   N/M     N/M  

Net gain from branch divestiture

     —         —         4,635     N/M     N/M  
                                    

Total noninterest income

   $ 74,612     $ 79,381     $ 74,170     (6.0 )   7.0  
                                    

N/M – Not meaningful.
(1) Card-based fees consist of debit and credit card interchange fees charged for processing signature-based transactions as well as various fees charged on both customer and non-customer automated teller machine (“ATM”) and point-of-sale transactions processed through the ATM and point-of-sale networks.
(2) COLI income represents the increase in cash surrender value (“CSV”) of the policies, net of any premiums paid. The increase in CSV is attributable to earnings credited to the policies, based upon investments made by the insurer. The tax equivalent yield on the COLI was 6.2% at December 31, 2005, 5.2% at December 31, 2004, and 6.1% at December 31, 2003. For a further discussion on the Company’s investment in COLI, see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(3) Other income consists of various items including safe deposit box rentals, gains on the sales of various assets, and gains or losses resulting from the change in market value of certain deferred compensation plan assets.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense totaled $165.7 million for 2005, an increase of 1.4% as compared to $163.3 million for 2004. Increases in compensation expense, professional services, and merchant card expense were partially offset by a decline in technology and related costs.

Salaries and wages increased to $70.8 million in 2005, an increase of $1.9 million, or 2.8%, from $68.9 million in 2004, reflecting the impact of general merit increases and an $870,000 increase in incentive compensation, partially offset by a $655,000 decrease in certain deferred compensation obligations. Retirement and other employee benefits increased $1.1 million, or 4.6%, to $24.3 million for 2005 as compared to $23.3 million for 2004, resulting from a $487,000 increase in pension and profit sharing expense, a $415,000 increase in employee insurance, and a $110,000 increase in payroll taxes. Merchant card expense for 2005 increased 19.9% from 2004 to $4.8 million as a result of the increase in merchant card fee income referred to above. Professional service fees increased $947,000, or 11.8%, in 2005 as compared to 2004 as a result of higher fees for professional and audit-related services, primarily related to compliance with expanded regulatory and internal control requirements. These increases in expenses were partially offset by a $1.0 million, or 15.0%, reduction in technology and related costs in 2005 as compared to 2004, principally due to more favorable contract terms negotiated with the Company’s external data service provider in third quarter 2004. In addition, other expenses declined $2.0 million in 2005. Included in other expenses were repossession expense, which declined $409,000, and other real estate expense, which declined $341,000 in 2005 as compared to 2004. 2004 noninterest expense included $650,000 in integration costs related to the CoVest Acquisition.

Total noninterest expense for 2004 rose $13.9 million to $163.3 million, an increase of 9.3% from 2003. This increase reflects additional expenses associated with operating the CoVest franchise, including increases of $2.9 million in direct salaries, $1.1 million in net occupancy expense, and $2.1 million in core deposit intangible amortization. The increase in salaries and wages also reflects general merit increases as well as $981,000 in higher expenses for incentive-related

 

27


Table of Contents

compensation programs, which are based on Company performance. Retirement and other employee benefits increased as the number of full-time equivalent employees grew due to the CoVest Acquisition. In addition, pension costs rose by $1.3 million, driven by a decrease in the actuarial assumption for the expected return on plan assets, and employee health care costs increased $1.7 million due to higher claims. Professional service fees rose as a result of higher fees for professional and audit-related services, primarily related to compliance with new SEC requirements regarding internal controls. Advertising and promotion costs also increased in 2004 from 2003 due to an increase in newspaper and print advertising, and merchant card expense increased due to higher volumes. These increases in expenses were partially offset by a decrease in technology and related costs in 2004, principally due to more favorable contract terms negotiated with the Company’s external data service provider.

Table 5

Noninterest Expense Analysis

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

                       % Change  
     2005     2004     2003     2005-2004     2004-2003  

Compensation expense:

          

Salaries and wages

   $ 70,849     $ 68,907     $ 64,736     2.8     6.4  

Retirement and other employee benefits

     24,330       23,264       19,548     4.6     19.0  
                                    

Total compensation expense

     95,179       92,171       84,284     3.3     9.4  

Net occupancy expense

     16,618       16,015       14,508     3.8     10.4  

Equipment expense

     8,555       8,847       7,979     (3.3 )   10.9  

Technology and related costs

     5,677       6,681       8,913     (15.0 )   (25.0 )

Professional services

     8,945       7,998       6,623     11.8     20.8  

Advertising and promotions

     5,363       5,043       4,563     6.3     10.5  

Merchant card expense

     4,809       4,012       3,595     19.9     11.6  

Other expenses

     20,557       22,571       18,987     (8.9 )   18.9  
                                    

Total noninterest expense

   $ 165,703     $ 163,338     $ 149,452     1.4     9.3  
                                    

Average full-time equivalent (FTE) employees.

     1,625       1,641       1,540      
                            

Efficiency ratio

     49.4 %     50.1 %     48.3 %    
                            

The efficiency ratio expresses noninterest expense as a percentage of tax equivalent net interest income plus total fees and other income. The Company’s efficiency ratio improved to 49.4% for 2005 from 50.1% for 2004 and 48.3% for 2003. The decrease in the efficiency ratio from 2004 to 2005 was primarily a result of higher revenues. The increase in the efficiency ratio from 2003 to 2004 was due to the 9.3% increase in noninterest expense.

Income Taxes

The Company’s provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income tax expense. An analysis of the provision for income taxes and the effective income tax rates for the periods 2003 through 2005 are detailed in Table 6.

Table 6

Income Tax Expense Analysis

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     2005     2004     2003  

Income before income tax expense

   $ 135,829     $ 131,984     $ 123,667  

Income tax expense

   $ 34,452     $ 32,848     $ 30,889  

Effective income tax rate

     25.4 %     24.9 %     25.0 %
                        

The Company’s accounting policies underlying the recognition of income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and Income are included in Notes 1 and 14 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. In

 

28


Table of Contents

accordance with such policies, the Company records income tax expense (benefits) in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. Pursuant to SFAS No. 109, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Net deferred tax assets totaling $15.4 million at December 31, 2005 are recorded in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Under SFAS No. 109, a valuation allowance must be established for any deferred tax asset for which recovery or settlement is unlikely. In assessing whether a valuation allowance is required, the Company considers the ability to realize the asset through carryback to taxable income in prior years, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income, and the possible application of future tax planning strategies. Based on this assessment, the Company has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for any of the deferred tax assets it has recorded.

The 2005 effective income tax rate reflected in the table is comprised of a federal effective tax rate of 25.7% in 2005, 25.1% in 2004, and 24.9% in 2003 and a state effective tax rate of (0.3%) in 2005, (0.2%) in 2004, and 0.1% in 2003.

The federal effective tax rate, and change in that rate, is primarily attributable to the amounts of tax-exempt income derived from investment securities and COLI. The state effective tax rate, and changes in that rate, is dependent upon Illinois and Iowa income tax rules relating to consolidated/combined reporting, sourcing of income and expense, and the amount of tax-exempt income derived from loans, investment securities, and COLI.

For further details regarding the Company’s effective tax rate, refer to Note 14 in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

The Company manages its investment portfolio to maximize the return on invested funds within acceptable risk guidelines, to meet pledging and liquidity requirements, and to adjust balance sheet interest rate sensitivity to insulate net interest income against the impact of changes in interest rates. The following provides a valuation summary of the Company’s investment portfolio.

Table 7

Investment Portfolio Valuation Summary

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    As of December 31, 2005   As of December 31, 2004   As of December 31, 2003
    Market
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  % of
Total
  Market
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  % of
Total
  Market
Value
  Amortized
Cost
  % of
Total
Available for Sale                  

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 693   $ 696   —     $ —     $ —     —     $ —     $ —     —  

U.S. Agency securities

    41,349     41,546   1.8     142,022     141,928   6.4     219,404     219,406   9.8

Collateralized mortgage obligations

    853,359     866,223   36.8     892,766     898,565   40.3     902,221     901,998   40.2

Other mortgage-backed securities

    330,296     334,995   14.2     396,717     393,353   17.7     261,462     255,586   11.4

State and municipal securities

    823,561     819,077   34.7     585,000     566,425   25.4     759,780     706,741   31.5

Other securities

    237,372     237,258   10.1     162,933     163,057   7.3     86,783     91,848   4.1
                                               

Total available for sale

    2,286,630     2,299,795   97.6     2,179,438     2,163,328   97.1     2,229,650     2,175,579   97.0
                                               
Held to Maturity                  

U.S. Treasury securities

    —       —     —       1,021     1,025   0.1     1,377     1,376   0.1

U.S. Agency securities

    —       —     —       448     449   —       176     176   —  

State and municipal securities

    56,791     56,772   2.4     63,149     63,102   2.8     65,961     65,894   2.9
                                               

Total held to maturity

    56,791     56,772   2.4     64,618     64,576   2.9     67,514     67,446   3.0
                                               

Total securities

  $ 2,343,421   $ 2,356,567   100.0   $ 2,244,056   $ 2,227,904   100.0   $ 2,297,164   $ 2,243,025   100.0
                                               

 

29


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2005     As of December 31, 2004  
     Effective
Duration (1)
    Average
Life (2)
   Yield to
Maturity
    Effective
Duration (1)
    Average
Life (2)
   Yield to
Maturity
 
Available for Sale               

U.S. Treasury securities

   1.23 %   1.15    3.80 %   —       —      —    

U.S. Agency securities

   0.47 %   0.56    2.96 %   0.56 %   0.86    3.32 %

Collateralized mortgage obligations

   2.10 %   2.89    4.60 %   1.33 %   2.02    3.82 %

Other mortgage-backed securities

   3.57 %   5.39    5.16 %   3.15 %   4.27    5.11 %

State and municipal securities

   5.16 %   8.16    6.52 %   5.15 %   6.66    6.80 %

Other securities

   0.20 %   5.50    5.42 %   0.39 %   3.70    4.62 %
                                  

Total available for sale

   3.18 %   5.36    5.42 %   2.54 %   3.69    4.86 %
                                  
Held to Maturity               

U.S. Treasury securities

   —       —      —       0.34 %   0.34    1.47 %

U.S. Agency securities

   —       —      —       0.34 %   0.34    1.23 %

State and municipal securities

   0.81 %   2.30    6.93 %   0.81 %   2.30    6.02 %
                                  

Total held to maturity

   0.81 %   2.30    6.93 %   0.80 %   2.26    5.91 %
                                  

Total securities

   3.12 %   5.29    5.46 %   2.49 %   3.65    4.89 %
                                  

(1) The effective duration of the portfolio represents the estimated percentage change in the market value of the securities portfolio given a 100 basis point change up or down in the level of interest rates. This measure is used as a gauge of the portfolio’s price volatility at a single point in time and is not intended to be a precise predictor of future market values, as such values will be influenced by a number of factors.
(2) Average life is presented in years and represents the weighted-average time to receive all future cash flows, using the dollar amount of principal pay downs as the weighting factor.

Securities that the Company believes could be sold prior to maturity in order to manage interest rate, prepayment, or liquidity risk are classified as securities available for sale and are carried at fair market value. Unrealized gains and losses on this portfolio segment are reported on an after-tax basis as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income. Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held to maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount.

At December 31, 2005, the available for sale securities portfolio totaled $2.29 billion as compared with $2.18 billion at December 31, 2004. The $107.2 million increase in the portfolio from year-end 2004 is primarily the result of security purchases, partially offset by a $29.3 million decrease in the unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities. In comparison to 2004, the mix of securities held in the portfolio reflects more longer-term municipal securities and less shorter-term U.S. Agency securities. In the uncertain and evolving interest rate environment, the Company believes these municipal securities should help stabilize its net interest margin and limit future price volatility resulting from changing interest rates, as compared to alternative investment options. The effective duration of the available for sale portfolio increased from 2.54% as of December 31, 2004 to 3.18% as of December 31, 2005, primarily reflecting the impact of an increase in longer-term interest rates on mortgage-backed securities, as well as the increase in longer-term state and municipal securities.

The Company adjusts the size and composition of its securities portfolio according to a number of factors, including expected loan growth, anticipated growth in collateralized public funds on account, and decisions regarding the level of 1-4 family-related asset exposure held on the balance sheet. This exposure represents both direct loans to customers and mortgage-backed securities. In 2005, the Company held total 1-4 family residential loan exposure of $1.3 billion on its balance sheet, $1.2 billion of which was concentrated in the Company’s securities portfolio. Approximately 52% of the Company’s securities portfolio as of December 31, 2005 was comprised of mortgage-backed securities as compared to 59% at year-end 2004 and 52% at year-end 2003. Concentrating this exposure in the securities portfolio reduces the Company’s credit risk, improves liquidity, enables it to better monitor prepayments, and provides greater balance sheet flexibility in exchange for the cost of accepting lower yields. As of December 31, 2005, the combination of the Company’s securities portfolio and 1-4 family residential loan portfolio represented 34.5% of total assets, up from 34.0% at the end of 2004 and down from 35.7% at the end of 2003.

The unrealized loss on the securities available for sale portfolio (representing the difference between the aggregate cost and market value of the portfolio) totaled $13.2 million at December 31, 2005 as compared to an unrealized gain of $16.1 million at December 31, 2004. This balance sheet component will fluctuate as current market interest rates and conditions change,

 

30


Table of Contents

thereby affecting the aggregate market value of the portfolio. The higher level of interest rates existent at the end of 2005 as compared with 2004 caused the portfolio to shift to an unrealized loss position. The decline in net unrealized portfolio appreciation and the decrease in duration from December 31, 2003 to December 31, 2004 reflect the combined impact of the increase in interest rates and changes in portfolio composition.

Net losses realized from the Company’s securities portfolio totaled $3.3 million in 2005. During the first quarter of 2005, the Company responded to changing market conditions and its continued expectation for higher interest rates by selling $23.0 million in municipal securities with an average tax equivalent yield of 7.0% and an average maturity of 12.5 years, resulting in the recognition of securities gains of $1.3 million. With the expectation of increasing interest rates, security proceeds were reinvested in shorter-term mortgage-backed securities. In addition, the Company sold $26.7 million in collateralized mortgage obligations, resulting in a gain of $1.3 million. Proceeds from the securities sold were reinvested in comparable shorter average life securities.

In late fourth quarter 2005, in response to existing and expected market conditions, the Company decided to sell approximately $212.0 million of under-performing mortgage-backed securities, representing 9.0% of the Company’s total securities portfolio. As a result of this action, the Company realized approximately $6.2 million of pre-tax security losses in fourth quarter 2005. As of December 31, 2005, 55.4% of the projected sales of securities had been completed, and the proceeds were reinvested in longer-term municipal securities. The remaining proceeds generated from sales in early 2006 are expected to reduce short-term borrowings and to acquire higher interest-yielding assets as market conditions warrant.

Net gains realized from the Company’s securities portfolio totaled $8.2 million in 2004. During 2004, the Company responded to changing market conditions and its expectation for higher interest rates by selling $141.7 million in higher-yielding, longer-term municipal securities, which resulted in the recognition of security gains totaling $9.5 million. Security proceeds were then reinvested in collateralized mortgage obligations with a comparatively lower duration. Realized gains from sales of securities during 2004 were partially offset by a $5.4 million other-than-temporary impairment the Company was required to recognize during third quarter 2004 on a single, Federal National Mortgage Association preferred stock issuance.

Table 8

Repricing Distribution and Portfolio Yields

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     As of December 31, 2005  
     One Year or Less     One Year to Five Years     Five Years to Ten Years     After 10 years  
     Amortized
Cost
   Yield to
Maturity
    Amortized
Cost
   Yield to
Maturity
    Amortized
Cost
   Yield to
Maturity
    Amortized
Cost
   Yield to
Maturity
 
Available for Sale                     

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 696    3.80 %   $ —      —       $ —      —       $ —      —    

U.S. Agency securities (1)

     31,648    2.66 %     9,898    3.90 %     —      —         —      —    

Collateralized mortgage obligations (2) 

     214,905    4.62 %     460,183    4.49 %     183,189    4.84 %   $ 7,946    4.50 %

Other mortgage-backed securities (2)

     59,472    5.43 %     168,536    4.96 %     61,506    5.33 %     45,481    5.28 %

State and municipal securities (3)

     2,036    9.44 %     194,693    7.18 %     239,097    6.18 %     383,251    6.34 %

Other securities (4)

     227,381    5.40 %     —      —         9,830    6.00 %     47    —    
                                                    

Total available for sale

     536,138    4.94 %     833,310    5.21 %     493,622    5.57 %     436,725    6.20 %
                                                    
Held to Maturity                     

State and municipal securities (3)

     18,787    7.26 %     24,139    7.14 %     2,598    6.07 %     11,248    6.10 %
                                                    

Total held to maturity

     18,787    7.26 %     24,139    7.14 %     2,598    6.07 %     11,248    6.10 %
                                                    

Total securities

   $ 554,925    5.02 %   $ 857,449    5.26 %   $ 496,220    5.58 %   $ 447,973    6.19 %
                                                    

(1) Yields on U.S. Agency securities are reflected on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a state tax rate of 5.1%.
(2) The repricing distributions and yields to maturity of mortgage-backed securities are based upon estimated future cash flows and prepayments. Actual repricings and yields of the securities may differ from those reflected in the table depending upon actual interest rates and prepayment speeds.
(3) Yields on state and municipal securities are reflected on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a federal tax rate of 35%. The maturity date of state and municipal bonds is based on contractual maturity, unless the bond, based on current market prices, is deemed to have a high probability that the call will be exercised, in which case the call date is used as the maturity date.
(4) Yields on other securities are reflected on a tax equivalent basis, assuming a federal tax rate of 35%. The maturity of government agency stocks is based on management’s judgment of repricing characteristics or final maturity. The maturity date of other securities is based on contractual maturity or repricing characteristics.

 

31


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO AND CREDIT QUALITY

The Company’s principal source of revenue arises from lending activities, primarily represented by interest income and, to a lesser extent, from loan origination and commitment fees (net of related costs). The accounting policies underlying the recording of loans in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and the recognition and/or deferral of interest income and fees (net of costs) arising from lending activities are included in Notes 1 and 4 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Portfolio Management and Composition

The Company’s portfolio is comprised of both corporate and consumer loans, with corporate loans representing approximately 80% of total loans outstanding. The corporate loan component represents commercial and industrial, agricultural, real estate commercial, and real estate construction lending categories. The Company seeks to balance its corporate loan portfolio among loan categories as well as by industry segment, subject to internal policy limits and as influenced by market and economic conditions. The Company seeks to maintain a diversified portfolio of both corporate and consumer loans to minimize its exposure to any particular industry or any segment of the economy.

The Company concentrates its lending activities in the geographic areas it serves. Consistent with the Company’s emphasis on relationship banking, most of these credits represent core, multi-relationship customers of the Company. The customers usually maintain deposit relationships and utilize other Company banking services, such as cash management or trust services.

The Company seeks to reduce its credit risk by limiting its exposure to any one borrower. Although the Company’s legal lending limit approximates $152.9 million, the largest loan balance to a single borrower at year-end 2005 was $19.9 million, and only 25 borrowers had aggregate loan balances outstanding in excess of $10 million. In terms of overall commitments to extend credit, the Company’s largest exposure to a single borrower as of December 31, 2005 was $29.2 million and to a group of related companies comprising a single relationship was $37.0 million. The Company had only 25 credits in the portfolio where total commitments to extend credit to a single borrower relationship exceeded $20 million as of December 31, 2005.

Table 9

Loan Portfolio

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    As of December 31,
    2005     % of
Total
  2004     % of
Total
  2003     % of
Total
  2002     % of
Total
  2001     % of
Total

Commercial and industrial

  $ 1,161,660     27.0   $ 1,146,168     27.7   $ 1,052,117     25.9   $ 897,845     26.4   $ 827,281     24.5

Agricultural

    131,689     3.1     107,059     2.6     94,983     2.3     91,381     2.7     87,188     2.6

Real estate - commercial

    1,729,009     40.2     1,493,855     36.1     1,393,420     34.3     1,019,989     29.9     998,857     29.6

Real estate – construction

    413,286     9.5     427,248     10.4     453,429     11.2     344,509     10.1     314,993     9.4
                                                           

Subtotal – corporate loans

    3,435,644     79.8     3,174,330     76.8     2,993,949     73.7     2,353,724     69.1     2,228,319     66.1
                                                           

Direct installment, net

    65,449     1.5     71,986     1.7     88,147     2.2     96,807     2.8     110,365     3.3

Home equity

    504,593     11.7     504,705     12.2     455,014     11.2     407,241     11.9     385,576     11.4

Indirect installment, net

    157,219     3.7     291,745     7.1     352,427     8.7     410,772     12.1     451,305     13.4

Real estate – 1-4 family

    143,286     3.3     92,512     2.2     170,245     4.2     138,302     4.1     196,741     5.8
                                                           

Subtotal – consumer loans

    870,547     20.2     960,948     23.2     1,065,833     26.3     1,053,122     30.9     1,143,987     33.9
                                                           

Total

  $ 4,306,191     100.0   $ 4,135,278     100.0   $ 4,059,782     100.0   $ 3,406,846     100.0   $ 3,372,306     100.0
                                                           

Growth vs. prior year–end

    4.1 %       1.9 %       19.2 %       1.0 %       4.3 %  
                                                 

The Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2005 increased 4.1% to $4.3 billion, an increase of $170.9 million as compared to $4.1 billion as of December 31, 2004 as increases in corporate lending and real estate 1-4 family loans offset declines in direct and indirect installment loans. Corporate loan balances as of December 31, 2005 increased 8.2% as compared to December 31, 2004, primarily due to growth in commercial and real estate commercial lending resulting from continuing sales efforts producing growth in both loans to existing customers and new customer relationships.

The Company’s total loans at December 31, 2004 increased 1.9% from December 31, 2003, as increases in corporate lending offset decreases in consumer loans. Corporate loan balances as of December 31, 2004 increased by 6.0% from year-end

 

32


Table of Contents

2003, primarily due to continued increases in commercial, agricultural, and real estate commercial lending. The increase in commercial and real estate commercial loans reflects the impact of continuing sales efforts and customers drawing upon existing lines of credit, while real estate construction loans declined by 5.8% as certain loans matured.

Corporate Loans

As of December 31, 2005, corporate loans represented 79.8% of total loans outstanding as compared to 76.8% at December 31, 2004 and 73.7% at December 31, 2003. In 2005, the percentage of corporate loans to total loans grew as a result of strong real estate commercial lending activity, as well as declining indirect and direct consumer loan balances. Real estate commercial and construction lending has always been an area of focus for the Company. Because of the strength of the suburban Chicago real estate market over the past several years, real estate commercial and construction lending grew to a combined 49.7% of the Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2005. The combination of seasoned, long-time borrowers, experienced senior lending officers, management’s focus on market fundamentals, and a rigorous underwriting process are believed to give the Company a competitive market advantage. The Company believes these factors and a balanced exposure to any particular industry segment reduce the Company’s exposure to loss.

Real estate commercial loans consist of residential development loans, multi-unit residential mortgages, and real estate commercial mortgages. Lessors of commercial real estate comprise approximately 27% of the Company’s real estate commercial loans. These loans represent various types of commercial properties, including industrial buildings, office buildings, retail shopping centers, and other business-related activities. Another 20% of the Company’s real estate commercial loans represent multi-family loans made to real estate companies and to individual investors to finance or refinance apartment buildings. These apartment buildings are primarily concentrated in the metropolitan Chicago area and typically range in size from five units up to twenty-four units, although larger projects may range up to 100 units or more. The Company believes that this type of lending helps diversify its already strong commercial and real estate development platform and represents an opportunity for growth.

Real estate construction loans are primarily single-family and multi-family residential and non-residential projects located in the Company’s primary markets. Real estate construction loans are a profitable line of lending for the Company due to the higher level of interest rates and fees earned on such loans as compared to other loan categories and the Company’s favorable loss experience on these loans.

Table 10 specifies the Company’s corporate loan portfolio, including commercial and industrial loans, by industry segment and illustrates the diversity of its loan portfolio. Table 11 summarizes the loan portfolio’s maturities and interest rate sensitivity.

Consumer Loans

As of December 31, 2005, consumer loans represented 20.2% of total loans outstanding as compared to 23.2% at December 31, 2004 and 26.3% at December 31, 2003. The decline in consumer loans as a percentage of total loans is largely influenced by lower indirect consumer loans, reflecting the Company’s decision in 2004 to cease the origination of new volumes from this marginally profitable business line. The home equity category represents the single largest portion of the consumer portfolio, consisting mainly of revolving lines of credit secured by junior liens on owner-occupied real estate. As a general rule, loan to collateral value ratios for these credits range from 70% to 90%, with 90% of home equity loans having a loan to collateral value ratio of 90% or less.

Consumer loan balances as of December 31, 2005 decreased 9.4% from December 31, 2004 following a decrease of 9.8% during 2004, primarily reflecting a decrease in indirect installment loans offset by an increase in real estate 1-4 family lending. Indirect consumer lending declined by 46.1%, as payments received on existing loans were not replaced with new volumes. Real estate 1-4 family loans increased by $50.8 million, or 54.9%, from year-end 2004 as the Company elected to retain in its loan portfolio certain mortgage loans originated through established community reinvestment programs or loans that have met certain other lending criteria. As previously discussed in the section titled “Investment Portfolio Management,” the Company also has exposure to 1-4 family real estate embedded in its securities portfolio, as these assets tend to be longer in duration and have similar risk characteristics.

The decline in consumer loan balances in 2004 resulted from two asset redeployment decisions elected by management. First, the Company converted $74.2 million of certain 1-4 family residential mortgages into an investment security during the fourth quarter of 2004. Second, the Company exited its marginally profitable indirect consumer lending business, resulting in a year-over-year $60.7 million reduction of loans outstanding from December 31, 2003. This decline was partially offset in 2004 by increased home equity line sales activity, resulting from pricing and promotional activities.

 

33


Table of Contents

Distribution of Corporate Loans By Industry

Table 10 summarizes the Company’s ten most significant industry segments for the corporate loan portfolio as of December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003. These categories are based upon the nature of the borrower’s ongoing business activity as opposed to the collateral underlying an individual loan. To the extent that a borrower’s underlying business activity changes, classification differences between periods will arise. As a result, the Company periodically reassesses and adjusts industry classifications. The Company believes its loan portfolio is diversified across industries and market segments.

Table 10

Corporate Loan Portfolio by Industry Segment (1)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     As of December 31,
     2005    2004    2003
     Amount    % of
Total
   Amount    % of
Total
   Amount    % of
Total

Lessors of real estate commercial

   $ 461,656    13.5    $ 503,383    15.8    $ 458,668    15.3

Lessors of multifamily residential

     341,273    9.9      297,567    9.4      325,798    10.9

Wholesaler trade

     231,331    6.7      172,784    5.4      163,499    5.4

Residential building construction

     226,495    6.6      228,364    7.2      190,915    6.4

Manufacturing trade

     212,607    6.2      237,933    7.5      213,627    7.1

Land subdivision and land development

     205,131    6.0      184,529    5.8      140,407    4.7

Retailer trade

     191,600    5.6      184,167    5.8      163,950    5.5

Agriculture, forestry, fishing, and hunting

     169,148    4.9      150,056    4.7      137,239    4.6

Heavy construction and trade contractors

     117,093    3.4      132,430    4.2      138,410    4.6

Nonresidential building construction

     73,336    2.1      83,585    2.6      115,622    3.9
                                   

Subtotal

     2,229,670    64.9      2,174,798    68.4      2,048,135    68.4

All other segments

     1,205,974    35.1      999,532    31.6      945,814    31.6
                                   

Total

   $ 3,435,644    100.0    $ 3,174,330    100.0    $ 2,993,949    100.0
                                   

(1) Classified pursuant to the North American Industrial Classification System standard industry descriptions.

Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity of Corporate Loans

Table 11 summarizes the maturity distribution of the Company’s corporate loan portfolio as of December 31, 2005 as well as the interest rate sensitivity of loans in these categories that have maturities in excess of one year.

Table 11

Maturities and Sensitivities of Corporate Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    

Due in

1 year

or less

   Due after 1
year through
5 years
   Due after
5 years
   Total

Commercial, industrial, and agricultural

   $ 808,884    $ 446,175    $ 38,290    $ 1,293,349

Real estate - commercial

     429,891      1,095,329      203,789      1,729,009

Real estate - construction

     302,158      111,128      —        413,286
                           

Total

   $ 1,540,933    $ 1,652,632    $ 242,079    $ 3,435,644
                           

Loans maturing after one year:

           

Predetermined (fixed) interest rates

      $ 1,006,430    $ 87,251   

Floating interest rates

        646,202      154,828   
                   

Total

      $ 1,652,632    $ 242,079   
                   

 

34


Table of Contents

Credit Quality Management and Reserve for Loan Losses

In addition to portfolio diversification, the Company has established a system of internal controls to mitigate credit risk, including standard lending and credit policies, underwriting criteria and collateral safeguards. The Company monitors and implements its formal credit policies and procedures and regularly evaluates trends, collectibility, and collateral protection within the loan portfolio. The Company’s policy and procedures are regularly reviewed and modified in order to manage risk as conditions change and new credit products are offered.

The Company’s credit administration policies include a comprehensive loan rating system. The performance standard of the Company’s internal loan review staff is to annually review at least 70% of the balance of all corporate loans and all new loans in excess of $1 million. Account officers are responsible for monitoring their customer relationships and determining changes in the loan ratings on credits they monitor. The Company believes that any significant change in the overall quality of the loan portfolio will be reflected in the cumulative effect of changes to these loan ratings.

In addition, the Company’s senior managers actively review those loans that require some form of remediation. These loans are reviewed quarterly, and action plans are developed to either remedy any emerging problem loans or to remove any such loans from the portfolio. Certain loans may also be reviewed by senior executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Credit Officer. During times of economic downturns, the Company has increased the frequency of these reviews.

The Company also maintains a reserve for loan losses to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The reserve for loan losses consists of three components: (i) specific reserves established for expected losses resulting from analysis developed through specific credit allocations on individual loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of the loan; (ii) reserves based on historical loan loss experience for each loan category; and (iii) reserves based on general, current economic conditions as well as specific economic factors believed to be relevant to the markets in which the Company operates. Management evaluates the sufficiency of the reserve for loan losses based upon the combined total of the specific, historical loss, and general components. Management believes that the reserve for loan losses of $56.4 million is adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2005.

The accounting policies underlying the establishment and maintenance of the reserve for loan losses through provisions charged to operating expense are discussed in Notes 1 and 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

35


Table of Contents

Table 12

Reserve for Loan Losses and

Summary of Loan Loss Experience

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
Change in reserve for loan losses:           

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 56,718     $ 56,404     $ 47,929     $ 47,745     $ 45,093  

Loans charged-off:

          

Commercial and industrial

     (4,762 )     (7,741 )     (3,941 )     (4,967 )     (4,620 )

Agricultural

     —         (18 )     (5 )     (1,283 )     (104 )

Real estate - commercial

     (1,172 )     (1,543 )     (317 )     (591 )     (3,119 )

Real estate - construction

     —         (355 )     (750 )     (1,123 )     —    

Consumer

     (4,931 )     (5,311 )     (6,954 )     (10,126 )     (11,363 )

Real estate - 1-4 family

     (96 )     (113 )     (138 )     (87 )     (124 )
                                        

Total loans charged-off

     (10,961 )     (15,081 )     (12,105 )     (18,177 )     (19,330 )
                                        

Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:

          

Commercial and industrial

     569       699       547       339       363  

Agricultural

     —         2       1       22       1  

Real estate - commercial

     5       173       93       21       —    

Real estate - construction

     —         —         506       —         —    

Consumer

     1,132       1,593       1,408       2,569       2,534  

Real estate - 1-4 family

     —         5       —         —         —    
                                        

Total recoveries on loans previously charged-off

     1,706       2,472       2,555       2,951       2,898  
                                        

Net loans charged-off

     (9,255 )     (12,609 )     (9,550 )     (15,226 )     (16,432 )

Provisions charged to operating expense

     8,930       12,923       10,805       15,410       19,084  

Reserve of acquired bank

     —         —         7,220       —         —    
                                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 56,393     $ 56,718     $ 56,404     $ 47,929     $ 47,745  
                                        

Allocation of reserve for loan losses by loan category at December 31(1):

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 21,532     $ 22,065     $ 18,526     $ 14,012     $ 10,886  

Agricultural

     1,162       1,353       1,297       1,503       1,674  

Real estate - commercial

     16,538       17,343       15,704       12,390       2,600  

Real estate - construction

     7,802       5,924       6,286       4,722       1,459  

Consumer

     8,799       9,653       13,959       14,896       13,399  

Real estate - 1-4 family

     560       380       632       406       155  

Other unallocated

     —         —         —         —         17,572  
                                        

Total

   $ 56,393     $ 56,718     $ 56,404     $ 47,929     $ 47,745  
                                        

Reserve as a percent of loans at year-end

     1.31 %     1.37 %     1.39 %     1.41 %     1.42 %
                                        

Ratio of net loans charged-off to average loans outstanding for the period

     0.22 %     0.30 %     0.28 %     0.45 %     0.49 %
                                        

(1) In 2003 the reserve assignment methodology was altered to fully allocate all components of the loan loss reserve by category with 2002 data being restated to reflect this change. For 2001, the “other” component of the reserve represented that portion of the reserve based upon general factors, including recent net charge-off experience as well as economic and business conditions, but not allocated by category.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s reserve for loan losses totaled $56.4 million as compared to $56.7 million as of December 31, 2004 and $56.4 million as of December 31, 2003. The ratio of reserve for loan losses to total loans at year-end 2005 was 1.31%, down from 1.37% at year-end 2004 and 1.39% at the end of 2003. The 2005 reserve for loan losses decreased by $325,000, or 0.6%, from 2004 following an increase of $314,000, or 0.6%, in 2004.

The provision for loan losses decreased in 2005 to $8.9 million compared to $12.9 million in 2004 and $10.8 million in 2003. Total loans charged-off, net of recoveries, were $9.3 million, or 0.22% of average loans, in 2005 and $12.6 million, or 0.30% of average loans, in 2004.

 

36


Table of Contents

Gross charge-offs decreased in 2005 to $11.0 million from $15.1 million in 2004 and $12.1 million in 2003, with decreases in all major loan categories except for home equity loans. The decrease in gross charge-offs from 2004 to 2005 resulted from the charge-off in 2004 of certain loans acquired as part of the CoVest Acquisition. These CoVest loans charged-off also drove the increase in gross charge-offs from 2003 to 2004. The lower level of charge-offs in 2003 primarily benefited from a tightening of the underwriting standards for the indirect lending portfolio initiated in 2002 as the economy weakened. In addition, the level of corporate charge-offs in 2002 and 2001 were elevated as the Company recognized the weakening economy and adopted an aggressive problem loan identification and charge-off strategy.

In 2005, the Company decreased the reserves allocated to the commercial and industrial, agricultural, and real estate commercial categories as a result of improved delinquency and charge-off trends. Reserve allocations to the consumer loan portfolio also decreased in 2005 as compared to 2004 due to the decline in the total consumer loan portfolio. The increase in the reserve for loan losses allocated to the real estate construction category in 2005 reflects the comparatively greater influence placed on the concentration of large loans in this category.

The Company increased the reserve for loan losses allocated to the commercial and industrial and real estate commercial categories in 2004 from 2003 due to loan growth, as well as elevated losses attributed to loans acquired from and originated by CoVest. Reserve allocations to the consumer loan portfolio decreased in 2004 compared to 2003 as a result of improved delinquency and charge-off trends as the portfolio mix shifted from higher-risk, indirect lending to lower-risk home equity lending.

In 2003, allocation of the Company’s reserve to the commercial and industrial, real estate commercial, and real estate construction categories increased as compared to 2002, due in large part to comparatively higher exposures to single borrowers and portfolio growth amid concerns relative to the continuing level of economic weakness. The growth in the commercial reserve allocation was also caused by an increase in specific reserves relating to the higher level of impaired loans. These category increases were partly offset by improved delinquency and charge-off trends in all corporate lending areas. Reserve allocations to the consumer loan portfolio decreased in relation to 2002 due to improved delinquency and charge-off trends.

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued, loans for which the terms have been renegotiated to provide for a reduction or deferral of interest and principal due to a weakening of the borrower’s financial condition, and real estate that has been acquired primarily through foreclosure and is awaiting disposition. For a detailed discussion on the Company’s policy on accrual of interest on loans see Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest are not included in nonperforming assets and continue to accrue interest because they are adequately secured by collateral, in the process of collection, and reasonably expected to result in repayment or restoration to current status.

The following table summarizes nonperforming assets and past due loans for the past five years as well as certain information relating to interest income on nonaccrual loans outstanding during 2005.

 

37


Table of Contents

Table 13

Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  

Nonaccrual loans:

          

Commercial and industrial

   $ 9,092     $ 11,267     $ 5,817     $ 3,986     $ 8,181  

Agricultural

     —         —         169       241       1,420  

Real estate - commercial

     371       1,774       1,823       4,096       1,737  

Real estate - construction

     559       4,159       4,331       1,000       1,903  

Consumer

     1,420       1,416       1,516       1,803       1,796  

Real estate - 1-4 family

     548       581       2,274       1,399       1,810  
                                        

Total nonaccrual loans

     11,990       19,197       15,930       12,525       16,847  

Restructured loans

     —         —         7,137       —         —    
                                        

Total nonperforming loans

     11,990       19,197       23,067       12,525       16,847  

Foreclosed real estate

     2,878       3,736       5,812       5,496       3,630  
                                        

Total nonperforming assets

     14,868       22,933       28,879       18,021       20,477  

90 days past due loans (still accruing interest)

     8,958       2,658       3,384       3,307       5,783  
                                        

Total nonperforming assets plus 90 days past due loans

   $ 23,826     $ 25,591     $ 32,263     $ 21,328     $ 26,260  
                                        

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     0.28 %     0.46 %     0.57 %     0.37 %     0.50 %

Nonperforming assets to total loans plus foreclosed real estate

     0.35 %     0.55 %     0.71 %     0.53 %     0.61 %

Nonperforming assets plus 90 days past due loans to total loans plus foreclosed real estate

     0.55 %     0.62 %     0.79 %     0.63 %     0.78 %

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.21 %     0.33 %     0.42 %     0.30 %     0.36 %

Reserve for loan losses as a percent of:

          

Total loans at year-end

     1.31 %     1.37 %     1.39 %     1.41 %     1.42 %

Nonperforming loans

     470 %     295 %     245 %     383 %     283 %

 

     Amount  

The effect of nonaccrual loans on interest income for 2005 is presented below:

  

Interest which would have been included at the normal contract rates

   $ 956  

Interest included in income during the year

     (211 )
        

Interest income not recognized in the financial statements

   $ 745  
        

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2005 totaled $14.9 million, a decline of 35.2%, or $8.1 million, from $22.9 million at year-end 2004, primarily due to the decline in nonaccrual loans. Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2005 totaled $12.0 million, compared with $19.2 million at year-end 2004 due to a decline in commercial and industrial, real estate commercial, and real estate construction nonaccrual loans. Nonaccrual commercial and industrial and real estate commercial loans declined, reflecting vigorous remediation efforts. The decrease in nonaccrual real estate construction loans from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005 resulted from the transfer to accruing status of a $3.6 million nonperforming loan acquired from CoVest Banc in 2003. This loan returned to accruing status as the Company expects ongoing remediation efforts to result in recoveries in excess of recorded principal by the end of first quarter 2006, with the amount of such excess recoveries recorded as interest income. The loan was included in loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2005.

Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest totaled $9.0 million as of December 31, 2005, up from $2.7 million as of December 31, 2004 and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2003. The 2005 increase of $6.3 million in loans past due 90 days primarily resulted from the previously discussed $3.6 million loan acquired from CoVest Banc and a single $1.2 million past due commercial and industrial loan, which is fully secured by cash.

 

38


Table of Contents

Nonperforming asset levels improved in 2004 as compared to 2003 as two renegotiated credits totaling $7.1 million returned to performing status in first quarter 2004 due to sustained borrower performance pursuant to the restructured terms and management’s expectation of continuing performance. These troubled credits were renegotiated pursuant to existing market terms during second quarter 2003 and were included in nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2003. These two loans, along with $4.9 million in total nonaccruing loans acquired as part of the CoVest Acquisition, drove the increase in nonperforming assets in 2003 as compared to 2002.

Nonaccrual loans increased $3.3 million in 2004 from 2003 due to a $5.5 million increase in commercial nonaccrual loans, primarily the result of three credits moved to nonaccrual status in 2004. The increase was partially offset by a $1.7 million decrease in 1-4 family real estate nonaccrual loans. The $3.4 million increase in total nonaccrual loans in 2003 reflected an increase of $5.2 million in nonperforming commercial and industrial and real estate construction loans, partially offset by a decrease of $2.3 million in real estate commercial loans. 2003’s increase in nonperforming commercial and industrial and real estate construction loans was principally due to $4.9 million of nonaccruing loans acquired from CoVest.

In addition to the loans summarized in Table 13, on December 31, 2005, the Company had $34.9 million of loans that were currently performing, but for which the Company had some concern with the ability of the borrower to comply with existing loan repayment terms. This amount decreased from $47.0 million at year-end 2004, following a decrease from $72.3 million at year-end 2003. These loans continue to perform under existing terms and accrue interest. The Company anticipates that the type of restructure, guarantee, additional collateral, or other planned action will result in the full repayment of debt. The classification of these loans, however, does not imply that management expects losses on these loans but rather that a higher level of scrutiny is prudent under the circumstances. The decrease in 2004 as compared to the prior year reflects the identification and subsequent improvement of two large credit relationships, which management believed warranted greater scrutiny at the end of 2003 given the state of the economy and the circumstances of the borrower. Both of these loans matured in 2005 and were fully repaid.

The Company’s disclosure with respect to impaired loans is contained in Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

The Company’s approach to liquidity management is to obtain funding sources at a minimum cost to meet fluctuating deposit, withdrawal, and loan demand needs. The Company’s liquidity policy establishes parameters as to how liquidity should be managed to maintain flexibility in responding to changes in liquidity needs over a 12-month forward period, including the requirement to formulate a quarterly liquidity compliance plan for review by the Bank’s Board of Directors. The compliance plan includes an analysis that measures projected needs to purchase and sell funds. The analysis incorporates a set of projected balance sheet assumptions that are updated quarterly. Based on these assumptions, the Company determines its total cash liquidity on hand and excess collateral capacity from pledging, unused federal funds purchased lines, and other unused borrowing capacity such as Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, resulting in a calculation of the Company’s total liquidity capacity. The Company’s total policy-directed liquidity requirement is 7.5% of total sources (demand deposits, interest-bearing transactional deposits, retail time deposits, other borrowings, and other liabilities and equity) less collateralized liabilities. Based upon the Company’s projections as of December 31, 2005, the Company expects to have liquidity capacity in excess of policy guidelines for the forward twelve-month period.

The liquidity needs of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. on an unconsolidated basis (“Parent Company”) consist primarily of operating expenses and dividend payments to its stockholders. The primary source of liquidity for the Parent Company is dividends from subsidiaries. At December 31, 2005, the Parent Company had unused short-term credit facilities available to fund cash flow needs totaling $50.0 million. As of December 31, 2005, the Parent Company also has the ability to enhance its liquidity position by raising capital or incurring debt. The Parent Company had $130.1 million in junior subordinated debentures related to trust preferred securities outstanding but had no debt outstanding under its short-term credit facility. The Parent Company had cash and equivalent short-term investments of $64.3 million as of such date.

Total deposits and borrowed funds as of December 31, 2005 are summarized in Notes 8 and 9 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. The following table provides a comparison of average funding sources over the last three years. The Company believes that average balances, rather than period-end balances, are more meaningful in analyzing funding sources because of the inherent fluctuations that occur on a daily basis within most deposit categories.

 

39


Table of Contents

Table 14

Funding Sources - Average Balances

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,    % Change  
     2005    % of
Total
   2004    % of
Total
   2003    % of
Total
   2005-2004     2004-2003  

Demand deposits

   $ 931,711    14.5    $ 894,093    14.3    $ 806,777    14.3    4.2     10.8  

Savings deposits

     615,324    9.5      646,214    10.3      498,798    8.9    (4.8 )   29.6  

NOW accounts

     893,706    13.9      921,635    14.7      813,993    14.5    (3.0 )   13.2  

Money market accounts

     672,411    10.4      732,456    11.7      616,868    11.0    (8.2 )   18.7  
                                                

Transactional deposits

     3,113,152    48.3      3,194,398    51.0      2,736,436    48.7    (2.5 )   16.7  
                                                

Time deposits

     1,667,202    25.9      1,474,734    23.5      1,504,424    26.7    13.1     (2.0 )

Brokered deposits

     298,508    4.6      221,624    3.5      95,337    1.7    34.7     132.5  
                                                

Total time deposits

     1,965,710    30.5      1,696,358    27.0      1,599,761    28.4    15.9     6.0  
                                                

Total deposits

     5,078,862    78.8      4,890,756    78.0      4,336,197    77.1    3.8     12.8  
                                                

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     447,904    7.0      490,272    7.8      554,281    9.8    (8.6 )   (11.5 )

Federal funds purchased and other borrowed funds

     787,301    12.2      763,147    12.2      722,335    12.8    3.2     5.7  
                                                

Total borrowed funds

     1,235,205    19.2      1,253,419    20.0      1,276,616    22.6    (1.5 )   (1.8 )
                                                

Junior subordinated debentures

     130,377    2.0      128,454    2.0      15,515    0.3    1.5     727.9  
                                                

Total funding sources

   $ 6,444,444    100.0    $ 6,272,629    100.0    $ 5,628,328    100.0    2.7     11.4  
                                                

Total average deposits for 2005 were $5.1 billion, an increase of 3.8% as compared to 2004, largely the result of a 15.9% increase in time deposits. Average time deposit balances increased 13.1% to $1.7 billion in 2005 as compared to 2004 partly due to targeted pricing and promotional strategies designed to encourage longer-term retail deposits. In addition, average brokered deposits increased $76.9 million, or 34.7%, from 2004 to 2005 as the Company shifted part of its funding mix into longer-term deposits in anticipation of rising interest rates. The increase in time deposit balances was partially offset by decreases in savings, NOW, and money market balances as consumer preferences changed in response to the comparatively higher level of interest rates and time deposit promotion.

The Company’s total average deposits for 2004 increased 12.8% from 2003, largely the result of its acquisition of $465.7 million in deposits as part of the CoVest Acquisition. In 2004 and 2003, the Company focused its sales efforts on increasing core funding sources from transactional deposits, as these funding costs are generally less expensive and less price sensitive than wholesale borrowed funds.

In 2004 and 2003, pricing strategies influenced by the overall low level of interest rates, combined with instability in the equity markets, created an incentive for customers seeking liquidity to retain balances in transactional accounts as opposed to shifting them to longer-term time deposits.

Public balances, denoting the funds held on account for municipalities and other public entities, are included as a part of the Company’s total funding sources. Public balances represent an important customer segment for the Company, and reflects the community-based roots of the Company. The Company enters into specific agreements with public customers to pledge collateral, primarily securities, in support of the balances on account. Because the average customer tenure with the Company is approximately 15 years, they provide the Company with a more reliable, lower cost, short-term funding source for its securities portfolio than is available through other wholesale alternatives. These relationships also provide numerous cross-sell and business referral opportunities.

For 2005, the Company had average public funds on account totaling $668.1 million, of which 95.8% were collateralized with mortgage loans and securities. Of this total, $531.7 million was held in deposit accounts, predominately NOW accounts, with the remainder representing securities sold under agreement to repurchase. This contrasts to average balances maintained of $659.8 million in 2004 and $700.3 million in 2003. Year-to-year changes in balances are influenced by the tax collection activities of the various municipalities as well as the general level of interest rates. The size of the Company’s securities portfolio is influenced, in part, by the size of its public customer base. For additional discussion of the securities portfolio, refer back to the section titled “Investment Portfolio Management.”

 

40


Table of Contents

Table 15

Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     2005

Maturing within 3 months

   $ 156,168

After 3 but within 6 months

     130,357

After 6 but within 12 months

     185,937

After 12 months

     111,658
      

Total

   $ 584,120
      

Table 16 Borrowed Funds

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     2005    2004    2003
     Amount    Rate
(%)
   Amount    Rate
(%)
   Amount    Rate (%)

At year-end:

                 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 406,057    3.46    $ 404,589    2.01    $ 564,709    0.76

Federal funds purchased

     340,000    4.13      300,000    2.28      315,000    1.01

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     548,475    4.11      513,743    1.81      491,373    2.35

Other borrowed funds

     —      —        —      —        590    0.94
                                   

Total borrowed funds

   $ 1,294,532    3.91    $ 1,218,332    2.00    $ 1,371,672    1.39
                                   

Average for the year:

                 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 447,904    2.74    $ 490,272    1.33    $ 554,281    0.87

Federal funds purchased

     311,096    3.30      243,790    1.37      233,119    1.19

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     476,205    2.79      519,327    2.14      489,014    3.34

Other borrowed funds

     —      —        30    0.80      202    1.49
                                   

Total borrowed funds

   $ 1,235,205    2.90    $ 1,253,419    1.67    $ 1,276,616    1.88
                                   

Maximum month-end balance:

                 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 536,122       $ 644,383       $ 742,164   

Federal funds purchased

     370,000         365,000         360,000   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     548,519         531,124         575,000   

Other borrowed funds

     —           159         2,500   

Average borrowed funds totaled $1.2 billion, decreasing 1.5% from 2004 to 2005 and 1.8% from 2003 to 2004. The Company makes extensive, interchangeable use of both repurchase agreements and FHLB advances to supplement deposits and leverage the interest yields produced through its securities portfolio. As of December 31, 2005, FHLB borrowings totaled $548.5 million as compared to $513.7 million as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2005, the weighted-average maturity for FHLB borrowings was 5.1 months, and the weighted-average yield for FHLB borrowings was 4.11%, as compared to 7.6 months and 1.81% as of December 31, 2004 and 20.2 months and 2.35% as of December 31, 2003. In 2004, the Company reduced the weighted-average rate on its FHLB borrowings by refinancing and restructuring $115.0 million of FHLB advances during the first half of 2004, while incurring $2.7 million in debt extinguishment costs. In 2003, the Company refinanced $310.0 million in FHLB borrowings at a cost of $6.0 million.

 

41


Table of Contents

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Through its normal course of operations, the Company has entered into certain contractual obligations and other commitments. Such obligations generally relate to the funding of operations through deposits or debt issuances, as well as leases for premises and equipment. As a financial services provider, the Company routinely enters into commitments to extend credit. While contractual obligations represent future cash requirements of the Company, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process as all comparable loans made by the Company.

The following table presents the Company’s significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and significant commitments as of December 31, 2005. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.

Table 17

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies, and Off-Balance Sheet Items

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

          Payments Due In     
     Note
Reference
   Less Than
One Year
   One to
Three Years
   Three to
Five
Years
   Over Five
Years
   Total

Deposits without a stated maturity

   8    $ 3,040,206    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 3,040,206

Time deposits

   8      1,731,338      322,029      54,186      73      2,107,626

Borrowed Funds

   9      1,170,709      66,640      57,183      —        1,294,532

Junior subordinated debentures

   10      —        —        —        130,092      130,092

Operating leases

   6      1,741      4,353      4,463      11,312      21,869

Commitments to extend credit:

                 

Home equity lines

   19                  294,623

All other commitments

   19                  1,186,761

Letters of credit:

                 

Standby

   19                  142,463

Commercial

   19                  1,820

Pending Business Combination

On December 12, 2005, the Company announced the execution of a definitive agreement to acquire Bank Calumet, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary bank for $307 million in cash. Proceeds for the financing of the acquisition of Bank Calumet are expected to be received in advance of the closing date. The Company intends to finance a portion of the acquisition of Bank Calumet with a combination of the net proceeds of a common stock offering and the net proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures. The Company intends to finance the remainder of the purchase price with senior debt, which may take the form of senior debentures, a bank term loan, or a draw under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The Company’s final determination as to the mix of subordinated notes and senior debt will depend upon market conditions at the time of the offering of the debt securities among other considerations.

MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL

Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 increased 2.3% to $544.1 million, increasing $12.0 million from December 31, 2004. Stockholders’ equity grew largely because earnings exceeded dividends paid to stockholders. The increase was partially offset by an $18.4 million reduction in other comprehensive income and $30.0 million in stock repurchases. Stockholder’s equity as a percentage of assets was 7.5% at December 31, 2005, compared to 7.8% at December 31, 2004. Book value per common share increased to $11.99 at December 31, 2005, up from $11.55 at December 31, 2004 due to the increase in equity and fewer shares outstanding as a result of stock repurchases under the Company’s current repurchase program.

 

42


Table of Contents

Capital Measurements

A strong capital structure is crucial in maintaining investor confidence, accessing capital markets, and enabling the Company to take advantage of future profitable growth opportunities. The Company’s Capital Policy requires that the Company and the Bank maintain a capital ratio in excess of the minimum regulatory guidelines and also serves as an internal discipline in analyzing business risks and internal growth opportunities, in addition to setting targeted levels of return on equity. Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank are subject to various capital requirements set and administered by the federal banking agencies. These requirements specify minimum capital ratios, defined as Tier 1 and Total capital as a percentage of assets and off-balance-sheet items that have been weighted according to broad risk categories, as well as a leverage ratio that compares Tier 1 capital to adjusted average assets. The Company and the Bank have managed their capital ratios to consistently maintain such measurements in excess of the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) minimum levels considered to be “well capitalized,” which is the highest capital category established.

The following table presents the Company’s consolidated measures of capital as of the dates presented and the capital guidelines established by the FRB to be categorized as “well capitalized.”

Table 18

Capital Measurements

 

     December 31,    

Regulatory
Minimum For
“Well Capitalized”

 
     2005     2004    

Regulatory capital ratios:

      

Total capital to risk-weighted assets

   11.76 %   11.52 %   10.00 %

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

   10.72 %   10.45 %   6.00 %

Tier 1 leverage to average assets

   8.16 %   8.16 %   5.00 %

Tangible equity ratios:

      

Tangible equity to tangible assets

   6.30 %   6.43 %     (1)

Tangible equity to risk-weighted assets

   8.26 %   8.26 %     (1)

(1) Ratio is not subject to formal FRB regulatory guidance. Tangible equity equals total equity less goodwill and other intangibles, and tangible assets equals total assets less goodwill and other intangibles. Internal guidelines provide for a targeted ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets to be in the range of 6.0% to 6.5%.

As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s Total Risk Based Capital was 11.76%, compared to 11.52% as of December 31, 2004 as Tier 1 capital increased $30.1 million during that period. Its Tier 1 Risk Based Capital ratio was 10.72%, compared to 10.45% as of December 31, 2004. The Company’s tangible capital ratio, which represents the ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets excluding intangible assets, stood at 6.30%, down from 6.43% as of December 31, 2004, primarily reflecting the impact of asset growth and a shift in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from an accumulated income level of $10.1 million as of December 31, 2004 to an accumulated loss of $8.3 million as of December 31, 2005. The Company expects to remain “well capitalized” following the acquisition of Bank Calumet.

For further details of the regulatory capital requirements and ratios as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, for the Company and the Bank, see Note 18 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Stock Repurchase Programs

The Company continues to follow a policy of retaining sufficient capital to support growth in total assets and returning excess capital to stockholders in the form of dividends and through common stock repurchases. The latter increases the percentage ownership of the Company by existing stockholders.

On May 18, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock, or 5.5% of shares then outstanding; the Board rescinded the former repurchase plan under which 225,163 shares authority remained. The new plan is the tenth such program since the Company’s formation in 1983 and authorizes stock repurchases in both open market and privately negotiated transactions and has no execution time limit.

The Company repurchased 857,444 shares of its common stock at a weighted-average cost per share of $34.98 during 2005 and 897,085 shares of its common stock at a weighted-average cost per share of $34.82 during 2004. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s authority to repurchase 2,078,512 shares remained under the current share repurchase authorization. In 2006, the Company anticipates suspension of share repurchase activity as it looks to rebuild tangible capital given the expected cash acquisition of Bank Calumet in early second quarter 2006.

 

43


Table of Contents

Shares repurchased are held as treasury stock and are available for issuances in conjunction with the Company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan, qualified and nonqualified retirement plans, and stock option plans as well as for other general corporate purposes. The Company reissued 176,692 treasury shares in 2005 and 387,943 treasury shares in 2004 to fund such plans.

Dividends

The Company believes that it has a responsibility to reward its stockholders with a meaningful current return on their investment, and as part of the Company’s dividend policy, the Company’s Board of Directors periodically reviews its dividend payout ratio to ensure that it is consistent with internal capital guidelines, industry standards, and peer group practices. As a result of improved performance from operations as well as the Company’s perceived future prospects, the Company’s Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend twice in 2005. On May 18, 2005, the Company increased its quarterly dividend by 4.2% from $0.24 to $0.25 per share, and, on November 16, 2005, the Company increased its quarterly dividend by an additional 10.0% to $0.275 per share. Based on the Company’s December 31, 2005 closing price of $35.06 per share, the current dividend payment represents an annualized yield of 3.1%.

The dividend payout ratio, which represents the percentage of dividends declared to stockholders to earnings per share, was 45.9% for 2005 and 42.5% for 2004. The dividend payout ratio has averaged approximately 41.2% for the past five years.

QUARTERLY REVIEW

The following table summarizes the Company’s quarterly earnings performance for 2005 and 2004.

Table 19

Quarterly Earnings Performance (1)

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

     2005     2004  
     Fourth     Third     Second     First     Fourth     Third     Second     First  

Interest income

   $ 100,030     $ 94,257     $ 89,258     $ 83,155     $ 81,765     $ 79,643     $ 76,545     $ 77,389  

Interest expense

     40,681       34,276       29,847       26,046       23,372       22,109       20,497       20,500  

Net interest income

     59,349       59,981       59,411       57,109       58,393       57,534       56,048       56,889  

Provision for loan losses

     2,780       1,200       1,800       3,150       5,350       3,240       2,405       1,928  

Noninterest income

     20,562       20,091       19,689       17,585       21,204       18,065       17,857       16,686  

Security (losses) gains, net

     (6,152 )     292       (16 )     2,561       2,872       748       2,663       1,939  

Losses on early extinguishment of debt

     —         —         —         —         —         —         (1,413 )     (1,240 )

Noninterest expense

     42,578       42,108       41,245       39,772       42,797       40,359       39,977       40,205  

Income tax expense

     5,771       10,026       9,529       9,126       9,102       7,576       8,061       8,109  

Net income

   $ 22,630     $ 27,030     $ 26,510     $ 25,207     $ 25,220     $ 25,172     $ 24,712     $ 24,032  
                                                                

Basic earnings per share

   $ 0.50     $ 0.60     $ 0.58     $ 0.55     $ 0.55     $ 0.54     $ 0.53     $ 0.52  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.49     $ 0.59     $ 0.58     $ 0.55     $ 0.54     $ 0.54     $ 0.53     $ 0.51  
                                                                

Return on average equity

     16.58 %     19.76 %     19.85 %     19.14 %     18.57 %     19.03 %     19.17 %     17.97 %

Return on average assets

     1.25 %     1.51 %     1.52 %     1.49 %     1.46 %     1.45 %     1.44 %     1.42 %

Net interest margin - tax equivalent

     3.79 %     3.88 %     3.93 %     3.87 %     3.94 %     3.90 %     3.81 %     3.97 %

 


(1) All ratios are presented on an annualized basis.

FOURTH QUARTER 2005 vs. 2004

The Company’s net income for the quarter ended December 31, 2005 was $22.6 million, or $0.49 per diluted share, as compared to $25.2 million, or $0.54 per diluted share, for fourth quarter 2004, a decline of 9.3% on a per diluted share basis. The Company’s annualized return on average assets was 1.25% for fourth quarter 2005 as compared to 1.46% for fourth quarter 2004. Its annualized return on average equity was 16.6% for fourth quarter 2005 as compared to 18.6% for fourth quarter 2004.

 

44


Table of Contents

Fourth quarter 2005 results included $6.2 million in security losses and $679,000 in employee severance costs, and fourth quarter 2004 results included $2.9 million in security gains.

The Company’s net interest income grew by 1.6% to $59.3 million in fourth quarter 2005 as compared to $58.4 million in 2004’s fourth quarter.

Net interest margin for fourth quarter 2005 was 3.79%, down from 3.94% for fourth quarter 2004 and 3.88% for third quarter 2005. The decrease from third quarter 2005 to fourth quarter 2005 reflects the combined impact of the flat interest rate curve on interest-earning asset yields and increasing liability costs as the deposit mix shifted in response to higher interest rates and competitive pricing.

The Company’s total loans as of December 31, 2005 increased 4.1% to $4.3 billion, an increase of $170.9 million as compared to December 31, 2004, as increases of $261.3 million in corporate lending and $50.8 million in real estate 1-4 family loans offset declines in consumer lending of $141.2 million. Corporate loans, representing the aggregate of commercial, real estate commercial, real estate construction, and agricultural lending categories, increased 8.2% from December 31, 2004.

As compared to September 30, 2005, total loans increased $18.9 million, or 0.4%, as growth in real estate commercial, agricultural, and 1-4 family real estate lending offset declines in indirect consumer, commercial, and real estate construction loans outstanding.

Total average deposits for fourth quarter 2005 were $5.1 billion, an increase of 3.6% as compared to fourth quarter 2004, largely as the result of a 20.1% increase in time deposits. Average time deposits for fourth quarter 2005 in comparison to fourth quarter 2004 reflect the combined impact of targeted sales promotions and higher levels of brokered deposits. The increase in time deposit balances was partially offset by decreases in savings, NOW, and money market balances as consumer preferences changed in response to the higher level of interest rates and time deposit promotions.

Noninterest income, including securities gains and losses, in fourth quarter 2005 was $14.4 million, a decline of 40.1% as compared to $24.1 million in fourth quarter 2004. Fourth quarter 2005 includes security losses of $6.2 million, and fourth quarter 2004 includes $2.9 million in gains from the sale of securities and $1.7 million in gains from the sale of various assets. Excluding this activity from both periods, noninterest income would have totaled $20.6 million for fourth quarter 2005, an increase of 5.5% as compared to $19.5 million for fourth quarter 2004, reflecting solid growth in fee-based revenues. Fee-based revenues, representing the aggregate of service charges on deposits, trust and investment management fees, other service charges and commissions, and card-based fees, totaled $18.5 million for fourth quarter 2005, an increase of 9.6% as compared to fourth quarter 2004.

Noninterest expense for fourth quarter 2005 totaled $42.6 million as compared to $42.8 million for fourth quarter 2004. Fourth quarter 2005 performance included $679,000 in severance costs related to certain employees electing accelerated retirement.

The Company’s efficiency ratio was 49.8% for fourth quarter 2005, as compared to 50.4% for fourth quarter 2004 and 49.4% for third quarter 2005.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, and equity prices. Interest rate risk is the Company’s primary market risk and is the result of repricing, basis, and option risk. Repricing risk represents timing mismatches in the Company’s ability to alter contractual rates earned on financial assets or paid on liabilities in response to market interest rates. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates or indices, which subsequently result in a narrowing of the spread earned on a loan or investment relative to its cost of funds. Option risk arises from the “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options or deposit early withdrawal options. These provide customers opportunities to take advantage of directional changes in rates and could have an adverse impact on the Company’s margin performance.

The Company seeks to achieve consistent growth in net interest income and net income while managing volatility that arises from shifts in interest rates. The Bank’s Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) oversees financial risk

 

45


Table of Contents

management by developing programs to measure and manage interest rate risks within authorized limits set by the Bank’s Board of Directors. ALCO also approves the Bank’s asset/liability management policies, oversees the formulation and implementation of strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and earnings, and reviews the Bank’s interest rate sensitivity position. Management uses net interest income and economic value of equity simulation modeling tools to analyze and capture near-term and longer-term interest rate exposures.

Net Interest Income Sensitivity

The analysis of net interest income sensitivities assesses the magnitude of changes in net interest income resulting from changes in interest rates over a 12-month horizon using multiple rate scenarios. These scenarios include, but are not limited to, a “most likely” forecast, a flat or unchanged rate environment, a gradual increase and decrease of 200 basis points that occurs in equal steps over a six-month time horizon, and immediate increases and decreases of 200 and 300 basis points.

This simulation analysis is based on actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for balance sheet and off-balance sheet instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment rates of certain assets and liabilities. This simulation analysis includes management’s projections for activity levels in each of the product lines offered by the Company. The analysis also incorporates assumptions based upon the historical behavior of deposit rates and balances in relation to interest rates. Because these assumptions are inherently uncertain, the simulation analysis cannot definitively measure net interest income or predict the impact of the fluctuation in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

The Company monitors and manages interest rate risk within approved policy limits. The Company’s current interest rate risk policy limits are determined by measuring the change in net interest income over a 12-month horizon assuming a 200 basis point gradual increase and decrease in all interest rate limits. Current policy limits this exposure to plus or minus 8% of the anticipated level of net interest income over the corresponding 12-month horizon assuming no change in current interest rates. Given the low interest rate environment at December 31, 2004, the Bank’s Board of Directors temporarily authorized operation outside of existent policy limits under the gradual falling rate scenario discussed above. As of December 31, 2005, the Company was operating within the policy limits.

Analysis of Net Interest Income Sensitivity

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Gradual Change in Rates (1)     Immediate Change in Rates  
     -200     +200     -200     +200     -300 (2)     +300  

December 31, 2005:

            

Dollar change

   $ (2,596 )   $ (6,004 )   $ (7,254 )   $ (6,078 )   $ (22,000 )   $ (4,212 )

Percent change

     -1.1 %     -2.5 %     -3.0 %     -2.5 %     -9.2 %     -1.8 %

December 31, 2004:

            

Dollar change

   $ (20,041 )   $ 2,755     $ (28,500 )   $ 5,552       N/M     $ 11,438  

Percent change

     -8.5 %     +1.2 %     -12.0 %     +2.3 %     N/M       +4.8 %

(1) Reflects an assumed uniform change in interest rates across all terms that occurs in equal steps over a six-month horizon.
(2) N/M - Due to the low level of interest rates as of year-end 2004, in management’s judgment, an assumed 300 basis point drop in interest rates was deemed not meaningful in the existent interest rate environment.

The projected sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income to rising interest rates moved from a position of positive exposure as of December 31, 2004 to one of negative exposure as of December 31, 2005. Conversely, for these same periods, the Company’s net interest income sensitivity to falling rates reflected a less negative exposure. The comparative change in projected net interest income sensitivity reflects the combined impact of differing interest rate environments as well as differences in actual and anticipated balance sheet mix and pricing.

Economic Value of Equity

In addition to the simulation analysis, management uses an economic value of equity sensitivity technique to understand the risk in both shorter- and longer-term positions and to study the impact of longer-term cash flows on earnings and capital. In determining the economic value of equity, the Company discounts present values of expected cash flows on all assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts under different interest rate scenarios. The discounted present value of all cash

 

46


Table of Contents

flows represents the Company’s economic value of equity. Economic value of equity does not represent the true fair value of asset, liability, or derivative positions because certain factors are not considered, such as credit risk, liquidity risk, and the impact of future changes to the balance sheet. The Company’s policy guidelines call for preventative measures to be taken in the event that an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates of 200 basis points is estimated to reduce the economic value of equity by more than 20%.

Analysis of Economic Value of Equity

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Immediate Change in Rates  
     -200     +200  

December 31, 2005:

    

Dollar change

   $ (18,512 )   $ (70,553 )

Percent change

     -1.9 %     -7.1 %

December 31, 2004:

    

Dollar change

   $ (47,736 )   $ (30,601 )

Percent change

     -5.0 %     -3.2 %

The estimated sensitivity of the Company’s economic value of equity to changes in interest rates increased in a rising interest rate scenario and decreased in a falling interest rate scenario in comparison to December 31, 2004. The comparative increase in sensitivity to rising interest rates primarily resulted from changes in the estimated average life of assets and liabilities. The estimated average life of assets increased in 2005, primarily due to changes in the duration of the security portfolio as influenced by the impact of higher longer-term interest rates on mortgage-backed securities and increased holdings of longer-term state and municipal securities. The estimated average life of liabilities shortened from 2004, primarily due to the combined impact of 2005 swap derivative activity and FHLB advances and junior subordinated debentures moving closer to maturity.

Interest Rate Derivatives

As part of its approach to controlling the interest rate risk within its balance sheet, the Company has used derivative instruments (specifically interest rate swaps with third parties) in order to limit volatility in net interest income. The advantages of using such interest rate derivatives include minimization of balance sheet leverage resulting in lower capital requirements as compared to cash instruments, the ability to maintain or increase liquidity, and the opportunity to customize the interest rate swap to meet desired risk parameters. The accounting policies underlying the treatment of derivative financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and Income of the Company are described in Notes 1 and 11 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Interest rate swap transactions involve exchanges of fixed and floating rate interest payments without the exchange of the underlying notional (i.e., principal) amount on which the interest payments are calculated. When the interest rate swap has been appropriately designated as a hedge, the net cash flow paid or received by the Company on these transactions is treated as an adjustment to interest income and expense on the underlying earning asset or funding source to which the swap relates. A risk associated with interest rate swap transactions is credit risk, defined as the ability of the swap counterparty to perform its interest payment obligation under the terms of the agreement. Credit risk on interest rate swap transactions consists of the aggregate net interest payable to the Company by the counterparty in addition to the aggregate unrealized gain on the swap position. The Company controls this credit risk by reviewing each counterparty for creditworthiness prior to entering into transactions and quarterly thereafter and maintaining a policy limiting credit exposure to any one counterparty to not more than 2.5% of consolidated stockholders’ equity. In addition, the Company’s interest rate swap transactions require the establishment of a mutual mark-to-market arrangement whereby cash collateral is required to be on deposit with the Company and/or the counterparty, depending upon the existing net settlement position. The Company does not currently act as an intermediary in arranging interest rate swaps for customers.

The Company had total interest rate swaps in place with an aggregate notional amount of $144.2 million at December 31, 2005 and $162.5 million at December 31, 2004, hedging various balance sheet categories. The specific terms of the interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 are discussed in Note 11 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

47


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

To Our Stockholders:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared by management, which is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of the data presented. In the opinion of management, the financial statements, which necessarily include amounts based on management’s estimates and judgments, have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and have expressed their unqualified opinion on these financial statements.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which oversees the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board of Directors, is composed entirely of independent directors (as defined by the listing standards of Nasdaq). The Audit Committee meets periodically with management, the independent accountants, and the internal auditors to review matters relating to the Company’s financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements relating to financial reporting and disclosure, annual financial statement audit, engagement of independent accountants, internal audit function, and system of internal controls. The internal auditors and the independent accountants periodically meet alone with the Audit Committee and have access to the Audit Committee at any time.

 

/S/ JOHN M. O’MEARA

 

/S/ MICHAEL L. SCUDDER

John M. O’Meara

President and

Chief Executive Officer

 

Michael L. Scudder

Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer, and

Principal Accounting Officer

February 10, 2006

 

48


Table of Contents

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report on Consolidated Financial Statements

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 10, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 10, 2006

 

49


Table of Contents

FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2004  
Assets     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 157,070     $ 119,880  

Federal funds sold and other short-term investments

     1,607       330  

Mortgages held for sale

     4,301       4,251  

Securities available for sale, at market value

     2,286,630       2,179,438  

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (market value 2005 - $56,791; 2004 - $64,618)

     56,772       64,576  

Loans

     4,306,191       4,135,278  

Reserve for loan losses

     (56,393 )     (56,718 )
                

Net loans

     4,249,798       4,078,560  
                

Premises, furniture, and equipment

     95,345       89,003  

Accrued interest receivable

     41,668       30,169  

Investment in corporate owned life insurance

     156,441       151,359  

Goodwill

     85,962       84,547  

Other intangible assets

     10,035       12,165  

Other assets

     64,522       49,103  
                

Total assets

   $ 7,210,151     $ 6,863,381  
                
Liabilities     

Demand deposits

   $ 976,557     $ 922,540  

Savings deposits

     566,288       644,664  

NOW accounts

     812,249       891,378  

Money market deposits

     685,112       691,648  

Time deposits

     2,107,626       1,755,148  
                

Total deposits

     5,147,832       4,905,378  

Borrowed funds

     1,294,532       1,218,332  

Junior subordinated debentures

     130,092       129,294  

Accrued interest payable

     13,193       7,036  

Payable for securities purchased

     18,215       19,741  

Other liabilities

     62,219       51,562  
                

Total liabilities

     6,666,083       6,331,343  
                
Stockholders’ Equity     

Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000 shares authorized, none issued

     —         —    

Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 100,000 shares; issued 56,927 shares outstanding: 2005 – 45,387 shares; 2004 – 46,065 shares

     569       569  

Additional paid-in capital

     60,760       61,918  

Retained earnings

     762,575       707,435  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

     (8,284 )     10,115  

Treasury stock, at cost: 2005 – 11,540 shares; 2004 – 10,862 shares

     (271,552 )     (247,999 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     544,068       532,038  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 7,210,151     $ 6,863,381  
                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents

FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
Interest Income       

Loans

   $ 266,925     $ 225,099     $ 200,013  

Securities:

      

Available for sale – taxable

     68,643       57,163       56,077  

Available for sale – nontaxable

     28,152       30,020       30,632  

Held to maturity – taxable

     427       439       831  

Held to maturity – nontaxable

     2,182       1,988       2,432  
                        

Total interest on securities

     99,404       89,610       89,972  

Federal funds sold and other short-term investments

     371       633       1,082  
                        

Total interest income

     366,700       315,342       291,067  
                        
Interest Expense       

Savings deposits

     4,025       4,305       2,489  

NOW accounts

     10,706       7,549       7,089  

Money market deposits

     13,690       9,083       7,850  

Time deposits

     58,254       36,495       38,844  

Borrowed funds

     35,834       20,980       23,962  

Junior subordinated debentures

     8,341       8,066       1,079  
                        

Total interest expense

     130,850       86,478       81,313  
                        

Net interest income

     235,850       228,864       209,754  

Provision for loan losses

     8,930       12,923       10,805  
                        

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     226,920       215,941       198,949  
                        

Noninterest Income

      

Service charges on deposit accounts

     30,199       28,837       27,924  

Trust and investment management fees

     12,593       11,888       10,810  

Other service charges, commissions, and fees

     17,572       15,147       16,187  

Card-based fees

     10,207       9,252       8,336  

Corporate owned life insurance income

     5,163       4,939       5,059  

Security (losses) gains, net

     (3,315 )     8,222       2,988  

Losses on early extinguishment of debt

     —         (2,653 )     (6,025 )

Other income

     2,193       3,749       8,891  
                        

Total noninterest income

     74,612       79,381       74,170  
                        

Noninterest Expense

      

Salaries and wages

     70,849       68,907       64,736  

Retirement and other employee benefits

     24,330       23,264       19,548  

Net occupancy expense

     16,618       16,015       14,508  

Equipment expense

     8,555       8,847       7,979  

Technology and related costs

     5,677       6,681       8,913  

Professional services

     8,945       7,998       6,623  

Advertising and promotions

     5,363       5,043       4,563  

Merchant card expense

     4,809       4,012       3,595  

Other expenses

     20,557       22,571       18,987  
                        

Total noninterest expense

     165,703       163,338       149,452  
                        

Income before income tax expense

     135,829       131,984       123,667  

Income tax expense

     34,452       32,848       30,889  
                        

Net income

   $ 101,377     $ 99,136     $ 92,778  
                        

Per Share Data

      

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.22     $ 2.13     $ 1.99  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.21     $ 2.12     $ 1.97  

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     45,567       46,469       46,671  

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     45,893       46,860       46,982  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total  
Balance at December 31, 2002    $ 569    $ 71,020     $ 594,192     $ 39,365     $ (213,193 )   $ 491,953  

Comprehensive Income:

             

Net income

     —        —         92,778       —         —         92,778  

Other comprehensive (loss) income: (1)

             

Unrealized (losses) on securities

     —        —         —         (7,029 )     —         (7,029 )

Unrealized gains on hedging activities

     —        —         —         320       —         320  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                86,069  

Dividends declared ($.79 per share)

     —        —         (36,842 )     —         —         (36,842 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     —        —         —         —         (22,404 )     (22,404 )

Treasury stock issued to (purchased for) benefit plans

     —        4       —         —         (165 )     (161 )

Exercise of stock options

     —        (2,269 )     —         —         6,210       3,941  

Fair value adjustment to treasury stock held in grantor trust

     —        —         —         —         (16 )     (16 )
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2003      569      68,755       650,128       32,656       (229,568 )     522,540  

Comprehensive Income:

             

Net income

     —        —         99,136       —         —         99,136  

Other comprehensive (loss) income: (1)

             

Unrealized (losses) on securities

     —        —         —         (23,156 )     —         (23,156 )

Unrealized gains on hedging activities

     —        —         —         615       —         615  
                   

Total comprehensive income

                76,595  

Dividends declared ($.90 per share)

     —        —         (41,829 )     —         —         (41,829 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     —        —         —         —         (31,240 )     (31,240 )

Treasury stock (purchased for) benefit plans

     —        (1 )     —         —         (212 )     (213 )

Exercise of stock options

     —        (6,836 )     —         —         13,021       6,185  
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2004      569      61,918       707,435       10,115       (247,999 )     532,038  

Comprehensive Income:

             

Net income

     —        —         101,377       —         —         101,377  

Other comprehensive (loss): (1)

             

Unrealized (losses) on securities

     —        —         —         (17,859 )     —         (17,859 )

Unrealized (losses) on hedging activities

     —        —         —         (540 )     —         (540 )
                   

Total comprehensive income

                82,978  

Dividends declared ($1.015 per share)

     —        —         (46,237 )     —         —         (46,237 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     —        —         —         —         (29,996 )     (29,996 )

Treasury stock issued to (purchased for) benefit plans

     —        80       —         —         (5 )     75  

Exercise of stock options

     —        (1,368 )     —         —         6,448       5,080  

Other

     —        130       —         —         —         130  
                                               
Balance at December 31, 2005    $ 569    $ 60,760     $ 762,575     $ (8,284 )   $ (271,552 )   $ 544,068  
                                               

(1) Net of taxes and reclassification adjustments.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
Operating Activities       

Net income

   $ 101,377     $ 99,136     $ 92,778  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Provision for loan losses

     8,930       12,923       10,805  

Depreciation of premises, furniture, and equipment

     8,840       8,845       8,423  

Net amortization of premium on securities

     6,404       6,902       17,482  

Net losses (gains) on securities

     3,315       (8,222 )     (2,988 )

Net losses on early extinguishment of debt

     —         2,653       6,025  

Net (gains) on sales of other real estate owned

     (101 )     (530 )     (312 )

Net losses (gains) on sales of premises, furniture, and equipment

     1       (483 )     (498 )

(Gain) on branch divestiture

     —         —         (4,635 )

Net pension cost

     4,709       4,515       3,230  

Tax benefit from exercise of nonqualified stock options

     972       1,362       920  

Net (increase) decrease in deferred income taxes

     (951 )     2,522       3,606  

Net amortization of other intangibles

     2,130       2,131       38  

Originations and purchases of mortgage loans held for sale

     (162,137 )     (173,445 )     (472,076 )

Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale

     162,087       178,814       480,977  

Net (increase) in corporate owned life insurance

     (5,082 )     (4,939 )     (5,059 )

Net (increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable

     (11,499 )     337       499  

Net increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable

     6,157       208       (1,675 )

Net (increase) decrease in other assets

     (5,362 )     1,753       (16,355 )

Net increase in other liabilities

     3,886       14,111       3,325  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     123,676       148,593       124,510  
                        

Investing Activities

      

Securities available for sale:

      

Proceeds from maturities, repayments, and calls

     413,074       568,727       1,036,514  

Proceeds from sales

     220,094       467,928       608,485  

Purchases

     (779,331 )     (1,036,285 )     (1,878,797 )

Securities held to maturity:

      

Proceeds from maturities, repayments, and calls

     46,544       29,684       73,940  

Purchases

     (38,764 )     (26,743 )     (71,655 )

Net (increase) in loans

     (181,494 )     (92,261 )     (657,943 )

Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned, net of purchases

     1,913       6,762       2,673  

Proceeds from sales of premises, furniture, and equipment

     26       1,211       1,484  

Proceeds from branch divestiture

     —         —         5,142  

Purchases of premises, furniture, and equipment

     (15,209 )     (6,962 )     (19,824 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (82,909 )
                        

Net cash (used in) investing activities

     (333,147 )     (87,939 )     (982,890 )
                        

Financing Activities

      

Net increase in deposit accounts

     242,454       90,270       642,154  

Net increase (decrease) in borrowed funds

     76,200       (155,993 )     128,239  

Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures

     —         —         128,715  

Purchase of treasury stock

     (29,996 )     (31,240 )     (22,404 )

Proceeds from the issuance of treasury stock

     —         7       6  

Cash dividends paid

     (44,828 )     (41,000 )     (35,560 )

Exercise of stock options

     4,108       4,823       3,021  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     247,938       (133,133 )     844,171  
                        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     38,467       (72,479 )     (14,209 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     120,210       192,689       206,898  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 158,677     $ 120,210     $ 192,689  
                        

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations - First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation and bank holding company that was incorporated in 1982, began operations on March 31, 1983, and was formed through an exchange of common stock. The Company is headquartered in Itasca, Illinois and has operations primarily located in Northern Illinois, principally in the suburban metropolitan Chicago area. The Company operates two wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Subsidiaries”): First Midwest Bank (the “Bank”) and First Midwest Insurance Company, which is largely inactive. The Company is engaged in commercial and retail banking and offers a comprehensive selection of financial products and services including lending, depository, trust, investment management, insurance, and other related financial services tailored to the needs of its individual, business, institutional, and governmental customers.

Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Assets held by its subsidiaries in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not assets of the subsidiaries and, accordingly, are not included in the consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Presentation - Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents have been defined by management to include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold, and other short-term investments. The Company uses the accrual basis of accounting for financial reporting purposes, except for immaterial sources of income and expense, which are recorded when received or paid.

Use of Estimates - The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and general practice within the banking industry. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following is a summary of the significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Business Combinations - Business combinations are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method, net assets of the business acquired are recorded at their estimated fair value as of the date of acquisition, with any excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Results of operations of the acquired business are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income from the effective date of acquisition.

Securities - Securities are classified as held to maturity or available for sale at the time of purchase. Securities classified as held to maturity, which management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, are stated at cost and adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.

Securities classified as available for sale are those that management has the intent to hold indefinitely and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity, or other factors. Available for sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, recorded in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

The historical cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the estimated life of the security, using the level-yield method. In determining the estimated life of a mortgage-related security, certain judgments are required as to the timing and amount of future principal prepayments. These judgments are made based upon the actual performance of the underlying security and the general market consensus regarding changes in mortgage interest rates and underlying prepayment estimates. Amortization of premium and accretion of discount is included in interest income from the related security.

Purchases and sales of securities are recognized on a trade date basis. Realized security gains or losses are reported in security (losses) gains, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. On a quarterly basis, the Company makes an assessment to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired on an other than temporary basis. The Company considers many factors including the severity and duration of the impairment; the intent and ability of the Company to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value; recent events specific to the issuer or

 

54


Table of Contents

industry; and for debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other than temporary are written down to fair value with the write-down recorded as a realized loss and included in security (losses) gains, net.

Loans - Loans are carried at the principal amount outstanding, including certain net deferred loan origination fees. Residential real estate mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value. Interest income on loans is accrued based on principal amounts outstanding. Loan and lease origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount amortized over the estimated life of the related loans or commitments as a yield adjustment. Other credit-related fees, including line of credit fees, are recognized as fee income when earned.

Nonaccrual loans - Generally, commercial loans and loans secured by real estate (including impaired loans) are designated as nonaccrual: (a) when either principal or interest payments are 90 days or more past due based on contractual terms unless the loan is sufficiently collateralized such that full repayment of both principal and interest is expected and is in the process of collection; or (b) when an individual analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates a credit should be placed on nonaccrual status. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the reserve for loan losses. Future interest income may only be recorded on a cash basis after recovery of principal is reasonably assured. Nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status when the financial position of the borrower and other relevant factors indicate there is no longer doubt as to such collectibility.

Commercial loans and those secured by real estate are generally charged-off when deemed uncollectible and to the extent principal and interest due exceed the net realizable value of the collateral, with the charge-off occurring when the loss is reasonably quantifiable. Consumer loans are subject to mandatory charge-off at a specified delinquency date and are usually not classified as nonaccrual prior to being charged-off. Closed-end consumer loans, which include installment, automobile, and single payment loans are generally charged-off in full no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due. Open-end unsecured consumer loans, such as credit card loans, are generally charged-off in full no later than the end of the month in which the loan becomes 180 days past due.

Impaired Loans - A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the value of the underlying collateral. The Company evaluates the collectibility of both principal and interest when assessing the need for loss accrual. All loans subject to evaluation and considered to be impaired are included in nonperforming assets.

Restructured Loans - In cases where a borrower experiences financial difficulties and the Company makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms, the loan is classified as a restructured loan. Loans restructured at a rate equal to or greater than that of a new loan with comparable risk at the time the contract is modified may be excluded from restructured loans in the calendar years subsequent to the restructuring if they are in compliance with modified terms. Generally, a nonaccrual loan that is restructured remains on nonaccrual for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower can meet the restructured terms. However, sustained payment performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the restructured terms. These factors may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of restructuring or upon satisfaction of a shorter performance period.

Reserve for Loan Losses - The reserve for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The reserve takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature, volume, size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, an assessment of individual problem loans, actual and anticipated loss experience; current economic conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to pay and other pertinent factors. Determination of the reserve is inherently subjective, as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Credit exposures deemed to be uncollectible are charged-off against the reserve, while recoveries of amounts previously charged-off are credited to the reserve. Additions to the reserve for loan losses are charged to operating expense through the provision for loan losses. The amount charged to operating expense in any given year is dependent upon a number factors including historic loan growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-off levels, and the Company’s assessment of the reserve for loan losses based upon the methodology discussed below.

 

55


Table of Contents

The reserve for loan losses consists of three components calculated based on estimations performed pursuant to the requirements of SFAS Statement No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” and SFAS Nos. 114 and 118, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” The reserve for loan losses consists of: (i) specific reserves established for expected losses resulting from analysis developed through specific credit allocations on individual loans for which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the measured value of the loan; (ii) reserves based on historical loan loss experience for each loan category; and (iii) reserves based on general, current economic conditions as well as specific economic factors believed to be relevant to the markets in which the Company operates.

The specific reserves component of the reserve for loan losses is based on a regular analysis of impaired loans over a fixed-dollar amount where the internal credit rating is at or below a predetermined classification. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Loans subject to impairment valuation are defined as nonaccrual and restructured loans exclusive of smaller homogeneous loans such as home equity, installment, and 1-4 family residential loans. Impairment is measured by estimating the fair value of the loan based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s initial effective interest rate, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell, if repayment of the loan is collateral dependent. If the estimated fair value of the loan is less than the recorded book value, a valuation reserve is established as a component of the reserve for loan losses.

The component of the reserve for loan losses based on historical loan loss experience is determined statistically using a loss migration analysis that examines loss experience and the related internal grading of loans charged-off. The loss migration analysis is performed quarterly and loss factors are updated regularly based on actual experience.

The final component of the reserve for loan losses reflects management’s general estimate of probable inherent, but undetected, losses within the portfolio. The general component of the reserve for loan losses is determined based upon the Company’s assessment of economic conditions such as levels of unemployment and bankruptcy trends. The Company also assesses other risk factors such as changes in the characteristics of the loan portfolio, underwriting policies as well as delinquency and charge-off trends. The general reserve is determined by applying estimated loss factors to the credit exposures from outstanding loans due to uncertainties in economic conditions, delays in obtaining information, including unfavorable information about a borrower’s financial condition, the difficulty in identifying triggering events that correlate perfectly to subsequent loss rates, and risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors. In addition, this component includes a portion that explicitly accounts for the inherent imprecision in loan loss migration models. Because the general component of the reserve considers risk factors that may not have manifested themselves in the Company’s historical loss experience, it involves a high degree of judgment in its determination.

Foreclosed Real Estate - Foreclosed real estate includes properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of certain loans and is included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Condition. Properties are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loans for which the properties previously served as collateral or the fair value, which represents the estimated sales price of the properties on the date acquired less estimated selling costs. Any write-downs in the carrying value of a property at the time of acquisition are charged against the reserve for loan losses. Management periodically reviews the carrying value of foreclosed real estate properties. Any write-downs of the properties subsequent to acquisition, as well as gains or losses on disposition and income or expense from the operations of foreclosed real estate, are recognized in operating results in the period they are realized. Foreclosed real estate totaled $2.9 million at December 31, 2005 and $3.7 million at December 31, 2004.

Depreciable Assets - Premises, furniture and equipment, and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is determined by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the asset or the lease term. Rates of depreciation are generally based on the following useful lives: buildings, 25 to 40 years; building improvements, typically 3 to 15 years but longer under limited circumstances; and furniture and equipment, 3 to 10 years. Gains on dispositions are included in other income, and losses on dispositions are included in other expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expenses as incurred, while improvements that extend the useful life are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life.

Long-lived depreciable assets are evaluated periodically for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the expected undiscounted future cash flows of a long-lived asset are less than its carrying value. In that event, the Company recognizes a loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset based on a quoted market price, if applicable, or a discounted cash flow analysis. Impairment losses are recorded in other noninterest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

56


Table of Contents

Corporate Owned Life Insurance (“COLI”) - COLI represents life insurance policies on the lives of certain Company officers for which the Company is the beneficiary. These policies are recorded as an asset on the Consolidated Statements of Condition at their cash surrender value, or the amount that could be realized currently. The change in cash surrender value and insurance proceeds received are recorded as COLI income on the Consolidated Statements of Income in noninterest income.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles - Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired using the purchase method of accounting. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that there may be impairment. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the identified intangible asset. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are periodically reviewed to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate that the recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted net operating cash flows. If the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows are less than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, and, when appropriate, the amortization period is also reduced. Unamortized intangible assets associated with disposed assets are included in the determination of gain or loss on sale of the disposed assets. All of the Company’s other intangible assets have finite lives and are amortized over varying periods not exceeding 12 years.

Trust Assets and Assets Under Management - Assets held in fiduciary or agency capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated financial statements as they are not assets of the Company or its subsidiaries. Fee income is recognized on an accrual basis for financial reporting purposes and is included as a component of noninterest income.

Advertising Costs - All advertising costs incurred by the Company are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Derivative Financial Instruments - In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into derivative transactions as part of its overall interest rate risk management strategy to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. All derivative instruments are recorded as either other assets or other liabilities, at fair values. Subsequent changes in a derivative’s fair value are recognized in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.

On the date the Company enters into a derivative contract, it designates the derivative instrument as either a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or as a freestanding derivative instrument. Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to changes in fair value of an asset or liability attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered to be fair value hedges. Derivative instruments designated in a hedge relationship to mitigate exposure to variability in expected future cash flows to be received or paid related to an asset or liability or other types of forecasted transactions are considered to be cash flow hedges. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking each hedge transaction.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge and are effective, the gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in fair values. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For all hedge relationships, derivative gains and losses not effective in hedging the change in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings during the period of change.

At the hedge’s inception and at least quarterly thereafter, a formal assessment is performed to determine whether changes in the fair values or cash flows of the derivative instruments have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged item and whether they are expected to be highly effective in the future. If a derivative instrument designated as a hedge is terminated or ceases to be highly effective, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively and the gain or loss is amortized to earnings over the remaining life of the hedged asset or liability (fair value hedge) or over the same period(s) that the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings (cash flow hedge). If the hedged item is disposed of, or the forecasted transaction is no longer probable, any fair value adjustments are included in the gain or loss from the disposition of the hedged item. In the case of a forecasted transaction that is no longer probable, the gain or loss is included in earnings immediately.

 

57


Table of Contents

Income Taxes - The Company and the Bank file a consolidated federal income tax return. First Midwest Insurance Company files a separate federal company tax return. The provision for income taxes is based upon income in the financial statements, rather than amounts reported on the Company’s income tax return.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established for any deferred tax asset for which recovery or settlement is unlikely. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) - Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The basic EPS computation excludes the dilutive effect of all common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus all potential common shares. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The Company’s potential common shares represent shares issuable under its long-term incentive compensation plans. Such common stock equivalents are computed based on the treasury stock method using the average market price for the period.

Treasury Stock - Treasury stock acquired is recorded at cost and is carried as a reduction of stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Treasury stock issued is valued based on the “last in, first out” inventory method. The difference between the consideration received upon issuance and the carrying value is charged or credited to additional paid-in capital.

Stock-Based Compensation - The Company’s stock-based compensation plans are accounted for based on the intrinsic value method set forth in Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and related interpretations. Under APB 25, no compensation expense is recognized, as the exercise price of the Company’s stock options is equal to the fair market value of its common stock on the date of the grant.

Pursuant to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”), as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure,” disclosure requirements, pro forma net income, and earnings per share are presented in the following table as if compensation cost for stock options, net of related tax effects, was determined under the fair value method and amortized to expense over the options’ vesting periods.

Pro Forma Net Income and Earnings Per Share

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Net income, as reported

   $ 101,377     $ 99,136     $ 92,778  

Less: pro forma expense related to options, net of tax

     (1,661 )     (1,295 )     (1,564 )
                        

Pro forma net income

   $ 99,716     $ 97,841     $ 91,214  
                        

Basic Earnings Per Share:

      

As reported

   $ 2.22     $ 2.13     $ 1.99  

Pro forma

   $ 2.19     $ 2.11     $ 1.95  

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

      

As reported

   $ 2.21     $ 2.12     $ 1.97  

Pro forma

   $ 2.17     $ 2.09     $ 1.94  

Weighted-average assumptions used in the model to determine the fair value of the options granted:

      

Risk-free interest rate

     4.08 %     2.61 %     2.27 %

Expected life of the option (in years)

     6.0       3.0       3.5  

Expected dividend yield

     2.75 %     2.66 %     2.72 %

Expected stock volatility

     19 %     19 %     22 %

Weighted-average fair value of options at their grant date

   $ 6.11     $ 3.90     $ 3.58  

 

58


Table of Contents

The fair value of stock options granted was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was originally developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics from the Company’s stock options. The model is also sensitive to changes in assumptions, which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Management reviews and adjusts the assumptions used to calculate the fair value of an option on a periodic basis to better reflect expected trends. In 2005, management adjusted the expected life of an option and the correlating risk-free interest rate to better reflect expected trends.

For additional details on the Company’s stock-based compensation plans see Note 16, “Stock-Based Compensation.”

Comprehensive Income - Comprehensive income is the total of reported net income and all other revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under U.S. GAAP bypass reported net income. The Company includes changes in unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, on securities available for sale and changes in the fair value of derivatives designated under cash flow hedges in other comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

Segment Disclosures - Operating segments are components of a business about which separate financial information is available and that are evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assessing performance. Public companies are required to report certain financial information about operating segments in interim and annual financial statements. The Company’s chief operating decision maker evaluates the operations of the Company as one operating segment, commercial banking, due to the materiality of the commercial banking operation to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, taken as a whole, and as a result, separate segment disclosures are not required. The Company offers the following products and services to external customers: deposits, loans, and trust services. Revenues for each of these products and services are disclosed separately in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In November 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments” (“FSP FAS 115-1”). FSP FAS 115-1 was issued to address the steps in determining when an investment is considered impaired, whether the impairment is other-than-temporary, and the measurement of an impairment loss. FSP FAS 115-1 discusses accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requires certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments. FSP FAS 115-1 clarifies that an investor should recognize an impairment loss when the impairment loss is deemed other-than-temporary, even if the decision to sell has not been made. FSP FAS 115-1 replaces the impairment evaluation guidance set forth in paragraphs 10-18 of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 03-1 (“EITF 03-1”) and amends existing other-than-temporary impairment guidance, including that provided in FASB Statement No. 115, “Accounting for Debt and Equity Securities,” and APB 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock.” FSP FAS 115-1 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. In addition to the guidance under FSP FAS 115-1, the disclosure requirements under EITF 03-1 remain in effect. The adoption of FSP FAS 115-1 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”). SFAS No. 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,” supersedes APB 25 and amends FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” SFAS No. 123R established standards for the accounting for transactions in which an entity (i) exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services or (ii) incurs liabilities in exchange for goods or services that are based on the fair value of the entity’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of the equity instruments. SFAS No. 123R eliminates the ability to account for stock-based compensation using APB 25 and requires that such transactions be recognized as compensation cost in the income statement based on their fair values on the date of the grant. The statement also requires that the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under existing accounting rules. In April 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) delayed the required effective date of SFAS No. 123R to the beginning of the first annual period beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006 using the modified prospective method. Under the modified prospective method, compensation cost will be recognized in the financial statements beginning January 1, 2006 based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123R for all share-based payments granted after that date, and based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123 for all unvested awards granted prior to 2006.

The Company currently uses the intrinsic value method as permitted by APB 25 to account for its share-based payments to employees, and as such, generally recognizes no compensation expense for employee stock options. Accordingly, adopting

 

59


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 123R will result in the Company recording compensation cost for employee stock options. Based on stock options granted through December 31, 2005 and stock options anticipated to be granted during 2006, the Company expects that the adoption of SFAS No. 123R would reduce 2006 net income by approximately $1.9 million, or $.04 per diluted share. Had the Company adopted stock option expensing in prior periods, the impact would have approximated that as presented in the SFAS No. 123 disclosure of pro-forma net income and earnings per share in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Future levels of compensation cost recognized related to share-based compensation awards may be impacted by new awards and/or modifications, repurchases, and cancellations of existing awards before and after the adoption of this standard.

On January 1, 2005, the Company adopted the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position No. 03-3, “Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer” (“SOP 03-3”). SOP 03-3 requires acquired loans, including debt securities, to be recorded at the amount of the purchaser’s initial investment and prohibits carrying over valuation allowances from the seller for those individually-evaluated loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and it is probable all contractual cash flows on the loan will be unable to be collected. SOP 03-3 also requires the excess of all undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition over the purchaser’s initial investment to be recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loan. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the loan’s yield over its remaining life, while subsequent decreases are recognized as impairment through the reserve for loan losses. Loans carried at fair value, mortgage loans held for sale, and loans to borrowers in good standing under revolving credit agreements are excluded from the scope of SOP 03-3. The adoption of this standard had no impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity as no loans were purchased in 2005.

3. SECURITIES

Securities Portfolio

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004
    

Amortized

Cost

   Gross Unrealized    

Market

Value

  

Amortized

Cost

   Gross Unrealized    

Market

Value

        Gains    Losses           Gains    Losses    
Securities Available for Sale                      

U.S. Treasury

   $ 696    $ —      $ (3 )   $ 693    $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —  

U.S. Agency

     41,546      —        (197 )     41,349      141,928      357      (263 )     142,022

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     866,223      574      (13,438 )     853,359      898,565      2,378      (8,177 )     892,766

Other mortgage-backed

     334,995      1,458      (6,157 )     330,296      393,353      4,843      (1,479 )     396,717

State and municipal

     819,077      12,407      (7,923 )     823,561      566,425      20,369      (1,794 )     585,000

Other

     237,258      615      (501 )     237,372      163,057      28      (152 )     162,933
                                                         

Total

   $ 2,299,795    $ 15,054    $ (28,219 )   $ 2,286,630    $ 2,163,328    $ 27,975    $ (11,865 )   $ 2,179,438
                                                         
Securities Held to Maturity                      

U.S. Treasury

   $ —      $ —      $ —       $ —      $ 1,025    $ —      $ (4 )   $ 1,021

U.S. Agency

     —        —        —         —        449      —        (1 )     448

State and municipal

     56,772      20      (1 )     56,791      63,102      47      —         63,149
                                                         

Total

   $ 56,772    $ 20    $ (1 )   $ 56,791    $ 64,576    $ 47    $ (5 )   $ 64,618
                                                         

Other securities available for sale include Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal Reserve Bank stock, Federal National Mortgage Association stock, and other marketable equity securities. The Federal Home Loan Bank stock and the Federal Reserve Bank stock are carried at cost.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table presents the aggregate amount of unrealized losses and the aggregate related fair values of securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. The securities presented are grouped according to the time periods during which the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.

Securities In an Unrealized Loss Position

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Less Than 12 Months    12 Months or Longer    Total
    

Fair

Value

   Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value    Unrealized
Losses
  

Fair

Value

   Unrealized
Losses
As of December 31, 2005                  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 470    $ 3    $ —      $ —      $ 470    $ 3

U.S. Agency

     9,779      118      31,570      79      41,349      197

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     371,604      5,293      372,254      8,145      743,858      13,438

Other mortgage-backed securities

     180,788      2,618      95,012      3,539      275,800      6,157

State and municipal

     315,321      6,270      57,150      1,654      372,471      7,924

Other

     19,838      162      35,976      339      55,814      501
                                         

Total

   $ 897,800    $ 14,464    $ 591,962    $ 13,756    $ 1,489,762    $ 28,220
                                         
As of December 31, 2004                  

U.S. Treasury

   $ 1,021    $ 4    $ —      $ —      $ 1,021    $ 4

U.S. Agency

     52,269      264      —        —        52,269      264

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     536,989      4,644      166,315      3,533      703,304      8,177

Other mortgage-backed securities

     120,847      1,430      3,668      49      124,515      1,479

State and municipal

     42,567      594      49,075      1,200      91,642      1,794

Other

     23,605      152      —        —        23,605      152
                                         

Total

   $ 777,298    $ 7,088    $ 219,058    $ 4,782    $ 996,356    $ 11,870
                                         

At December 31, 2005, gross unrealized gains in the securities portfolio totaled $15.1 million, and gross unrealized losses totaled $28.2 million, resulting in a net unrealized depreciation of $13.1 million. Unrealized losses on securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months totaled $13.8 million, with over 99% representing securities either issued by U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, guaranteed by U.S. Government-owned agencies, or having investment grade ratings. The Company has both the intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses for a period of time necessary to recover the amortized cost. Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2005 represents an other-than-temporary impairment.

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investment in U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Agency securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, and other mortgage-backed securities were caused by increases in interest rates. These types of investments are either backed by U.S. Government-owned agencies or issued by U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises. Accordingly, the Company believes the credit risk embedded in these securities to be inherently nonexistent. The unrealized losses in the Company’s investment in state and municipal securities all relate to securities with investment grade ratings and were caused not by credit risk, but by interest rate increases. The unrealized losses in the Company’s investment in other securities consist of unrealized losses on corporate bonds and trust preferred stocks. The aggregate cost of the Company’s cost-method investments, which are also included in other securities, totaled $53.5 million at December 31, 2005 and consisted of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock. The contractual amounts of these securities are guaranteed. Since the declines in market value on the Company’s securities are attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005.

 

61


Table of Contents

Remaining Contractual Maturity of Securities

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2005
     Available for Sale    Held to Maturity
     Amortized
Cost
   Market
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Market
Value

One year or less

   $ 191,481    $ 192,330    $ 18,787    $ 18,793

One year to five years

     204,591      205,498      24,139      24,147

Five years to ten years

     239,097      240,157      2,598      2,599

After ten years

     383,251      384,951      11,248      11,252

Collateralized mortgage obligations

     866,223      853,359      —        —  

Other mortgage-backed securities

     334,995      330,296      —        —  

Equity securities

     80,157      80,039      —        —  
                           

Total

   $ 2,299,795    $ 2,286,630    $ 56,772    $ 56,791
                           

Security Gains (Losses)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 220,094     $ 467,928     $ 608,485  

Gross realized gains

   $ 3,560     $ 14,725     $ 4,134  

Gross realized losses

     (6,875 )     (6,503 )     (1,146 )
                        

Net realized (losses) gains

   $ (3,315 )   $ 8,222     $ 2,988  
                        

Income tax (benefit) expense on net realized gains

   $ (1,293 )   $ 3,207     $ 1,165  

Of the $6.9 million in gross realized losses, $6.4 million was recognized in late December 2005 incident to the Company’s announced intention to sell approximately $212.0 million of certain underperforming collateralized mortgage obligations held in its available for sale securities portfolio. As of December 31, 2005, 55% of the securities were sold, with the remaining 45% to be sold in early January 2006. Included in gross realized losses for 2004 is $5.4 million in other-than-temporary impairment recognized on the Company’s investment in Federal National Mortgage Association preferred stock.

The carrying value of securities available for sale, securities held to maturity, and securities purchased under agreements to resell, which were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes as permitted or required by law, totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2005 and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2004.

Excluding securities issued or backed by the U.S. Government and its agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, there were no investments in securities from one issuer that exceeded 10% of consolidated stockholders’ equity on December 31, 2005 or 2004.

For additional details of the securities available for sale portfolio and the related impact of unrealized gains/(losses) thereon, see Note 13, “Comprehensive Income.”

 

62


Table of Contents

4. LOANS

Loan Portfolio

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,161,660    $ 1,146,168

Agricultural

     131,689      107,059

Real estate – commercial

     1,729,009      1,493,855

Real estate – construction

     413,286      427,248

Consumer

     727,261      868,436

Real estate - 1-4 family

     143,286      92,512
             

Total loans

   $ 4,306,191    $ 4,135,278
             

Total loans reported are net of deferred loan fees of $6.2 million at December 31, 2005 and $5.2 million at December 31, 2004 and include overdrawn demand deposits, totaling $8.7 million at December 31, 2005 and $13.2 million at December 31, 2004.

The Company primarily lends to consumers and small to mid-sized businesses in the market areas in which the Company operates. Within these areas, the Company diversifies its loan portfolio by loan type, industry, and borrower. The Company believes that such diversification reduces the exposure to economic downturns that may occur in different segments of the economy or in different industries. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no significant loan concentrations with any single borrower, industry, or geographic segment.

It is the Company’s policy to review each prospective credit in order to determine the appropriateness and, when required, the adequacy of security or collateral to obtain prior to making a loan. In the event of borrower default, the Company seeks recovery in compliance with state lending laws and the Company’s lending standards and credit monitoring procedures.

Book Value of Loans Pledged

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004

Loans pledged to secure:

     

Deposits

   $ 25,181    $ 25,864

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     402,830      256,141
             

Total

   $ 428,011    $ 282,005
             

Securitization Activity

In 2004, the Company securitized $74.2 million of real estate 1-4 family loans, converting the loans into mortgage-backed securities issued through the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. Accordingly, the securitized amounts were reclassified from loans to securities available-for-sale. The Company retained servicing responsibilities for the mortgages supporting these securities and collects servicing fees equal to a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loans being serviced. In 2004, the Company sold $56.4 million of these securities and recorded a pre-tax gain of $1.9 million from the sale. Mortgage loans serviced for and owned by third parties are not included in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The unpaid principal balance of these loans totaled $57.1 million as of December 31, 2005 and $73.5 million as of December 31, 2004. The Company retains limited recourse, through November 30, 2011, for credit losses on $21.5 million of the loans securitized during 2004. The dollar amount of the potential recourse to the Company is capped at a certain percentage of the initial balance of the loans for which recourse exists. As of December 31, 2005, the liability for the expected costs related to this recourse agreement totaled $148,000.

 

63


Table of Contents

5. RESERVE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND IMPAIRED LOANS

Reserve For Loan Losses

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 56,718     $ 56,404     $ 47,929  

Loans charged-off

     (10,961 )     (15,081 )     (12,105 )

Recoveries of loans previously charged-off

     1,706       2,472       2,555  
                        

Net loans charged-off

     (9,255 )     (12,609 )     (9,550 )

Provision for loan losses

     8,930       12,923       10,805  

Reserve of acquired bank

     —         —         7,220  
                        

Balance at end of year

   $ 56,393     $ 56,718     $ 56,404  
                        

A portion of the Company’s reserve for loan losses is allocated to loans deemed impaired. All impaired loans are included in nonperforming assets. No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004

Nonaccrual loans:

     

Impaired loans

   $ 10,022    $ 17,200

Other nonaccrual loans (1)

     1,968      1,997
             

Total nonaccrual loans

   $ 11,990    $ 19,197
             

Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest

   $ 8,958    $ 2,658
             

(1) These loans are not considered for impairment since they are part of a small balance, homogeneous portfolio.

Impaired Loans

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003

Impaired loans:

        

With valuation reserve required (1)

   $ 3,070    $ 6,851    $ 12,230

With no valuation reserve required

     6,952      10,349      7,508
                    

Total impaired loans

   $ 10,022    $ 17,200    $ 19,738
                    

Valuation reserve related to impaired loans

   $ 2,727    $ 5,524    $ 4,167

Average impaired loans

   $ 14,225    $ 19,207    $ 13,924

Interest income recognized on impaired loans (2)

   $ 159    $ 107    $ 218

(1) These impaired loans require a valuation reserve because the value of the loans is less than the recorded investment in the loans.
(2) Interest income recognized on impaired loans is recorded using the cash basis of accounting.

 

64


Table of Contents

6. PREMISES, FURNITURE, AND EQUIPMENT

Premises, Furniture, and Equipment

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2004  

Land

   $ 31,927     $ 29,969  

Premises

     101,517       96,020  

Furniture and equipment

     73,654       69,841  
                

Total cost

     207,098       195,830  

Accumulated depreciation

     (111,753 )     (106,827 )
                

Net book value

   $ 95,345     $ 89,003  
                

Depreciation expense on premises, furniture, and equipment totaled $8.8 million in 2005 and in 2004, and $8.4 million in 2003.

At December 31, 2005, the Company and the Bank were each obligated under certain noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment, which expire at various dates through the year 2017. Many of these leases contain renewal options, and certain leases provide options to purchase the leased property during or at the expiration of the lease period at specific prices. Some leases contain escalation clauses calling for rentals to be adjusted for increased real estate taxes and other operating expenses, or proportionately adjusted for increases in the consumer or other price indices. The following summary reflects the future minimum rental payments, by year, required under operating leases that, as of December 31, 2005, have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year.

Operating Leases

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Total

Year ending December 31,

  

2006

   $ 1,741

2007

     2,164

2008

     2,189

2009

     2,209

2010

     2,254

2011 and thereafter

     11,312
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 21,869
      

Rental expense charged to operations amounted to $2.6 million in 2005, $2.2 million in 2004, and $2.0 million in 2003, including amounts paid under short-term cancelable leases. Occupancy expense has been reduced by rental income from premises leased to others in the amount of $294,000 in 2005, $274,000 in 2004, and $217,000 in 2003.

7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in the Carrying Amount of Goodwill

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2004

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 84,547    $ 83,735

Goodwill acquired from equity investment

     1,415      —  

Purchase accounting adjustments

     —        812
             

Balance at end of year

   $ 85,962    $ 84,547
             

Purchase accounting adjustments are the adjustments to the initial goodwill recorded at the time an acquisition is completed. Such adjustments generally consist of adjustments to the assigned fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed resulting from the completion of appraisals or other valuations and adjustments to initial estimates recorded for transaction

 

65


Table of Contents

costs or exit liabilities. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis. The Company’s annual goodwill impairment test was performed as of October 1, 2005, and it was determined no impairment existed as of that date.

The Company has other intangible assets capitalized on its Consolidated Statements of Condition in the form of core deposit premiums and a noncompete agreement. These intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 12 years. The Company reviews intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

Other Intangible Assets

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    December 31,
    2005   2004
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life

(in years)

  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net Carrying
Amount
 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life

(in years)

Other intangible assets:                

Core deposit premium

  $ 13,834   $ 3,966   $ 9,868   4.0   $ 13,834   $ 2,002   $ 11,832   6.4

Noncompete agreement

    500     333     167   1.0     500     167     333   2.0
                                           

Total other intangible assets

  $ 14,334   $ 4,299   $ 10,035   4.0   $ 14,334   $ 2,169   $ 12,165   6.2
                                           

Amortization expense of other intangible assets totaled $2.1 million in 2005 and 2004 and $38,000 in 2003. Amortization expense on other intangible assets is expected to total $2.1 million in 2006, $2.0 million in 2007, $1.9 million in 2008, and $1.5 million in 2009 and 2010.

8. DEPOSITS

Summary of Deposits

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004

Demand deposits

   $ 976,557    $ 922,540

Savings deposits

     566,288      644,664

NOW accounts

     812,249      891,378

Money market deposits

     685,112      691,648

Time deposits less than $100,000

     1,523,506      1,236,370

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     584,120      518,778
             

Total deposits

   $ 5,147,832    $ 4,905,378
             

Scheduled Maturities of Time Deposits

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Total

Year ending December 31,

  

2006

   $ 1,731,338

2007

     264,588

2008

     57,441

2009

     39,890

2010

     14,296

2011 and thereafter

     73
      

Total

   $ 2,107,626
      

 

66


Table of Contents

9. BORROWED FUNDS

Summary of Borrowed Funds

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 406,057    $ 404,589

Federal funds purchased

     340,000      300,000

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     548,475      513,743
             

Total borrowed funds

   $ 1,294,532    $ 1,218,332
             

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased generally mature within 1 to 90 days from the transaction date. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Repurchase agreements are secured by U.S. Treasury and U.S. Agency securities and, if required, are held in third party pledge accounts. The securities underlying the agreements remain in the respective asset accounts. As of December 31, 2005, the Company did not have amounts at risk under repurchase agreements with any individual counterparty or group of counterparties that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and has access to term financing from the FHLB. These advances are secured by qualifying residential and multi-family mortgages and mortgage-related securities. At December 31, 2005, all advances from the FHLB are fixed rate with interest payable monthly.

Maturity and Rate Schedule for FHLB Advances

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2005    December 31, 2004

Maturity

   Advance
Amount
   Rate (%)    Advance
Amount
   Rate (%)

March 16, 2005

   $ —      —      $ 25,000    1.23

March 31, 2006

     —      —        48,000    1.27

April 15, 2005

     —      —        67,000    1.47

April 29, 2005

     —      —        25,000    1.78

May 2, 2005

     —      —        50,000    1.76

May 13, 2005

     —      —        50,000    1.58

October 3, 2005

     —      —        50,000    1.85

October 3, 2005

     —      —        50,000    1.82

October 31, 2005

     —      —        75,000    2.10

December 19, 2005

     —      —        25,000    2.17

December 19, 2005

     —      —        12,000    2.03

January 4, 2006

     100,000    4.26      —      —  

January 4, 2006

     37,000    4.15      —      —  

January 6, 2006

     100,000    3.81      —      —  

March 15, 2006

     14,900    1.70      14,900    1.70

May 2, 2006

     75,000    3.60      —      —  

May 30, 2006

     3,000    2.06      3,000    2.06

July 24, 2006

     5,056    4.25      5,151    4.17

October 31, 2006

     100,000    4.53      —      —  

November 3, 2006

     100,000    4.61      —      —  

January 15, 2008 (1)

     10,519    4.71      10,692    4.63

May 28, 2008

     3,000    2.77      3,000    2.77
                       
   $ 548,475    4.11    $ 513,743    1.81
                       

(1) Callable quarterly, in whole or in part, at the discretion of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago.

Other borrowed funds consist of term federal funds purchased, treasury tax and loan deposits, and short-term credit arrangements with unaffiliated banks and are generally repaid daily. None of the Company’s borrowings have any related compensating balance requirements that restrict the usage of Company assets.

 

67


Table of Contents

Exclusive of the Federal Reserve Bank’s primary credit program, the Company had unused short-term credit lines available for use of $985.0 million at December 31, 2005 and $917.8 million at December 31, 2004.

10. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

In 2003, the Company formed First Midwest Capital Trust I (“FMCT I”), a statutory business trust, organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing the proceeds thereof in junior subordinated debentures of the Company, the sole assets of the trust. The trust preferred securities of the trust represent preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the trust and are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon payment of the junior subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of the trust are wholly owned by the Company. The trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related junior subordinated debentures. The Company’s obligations under the junior subordinated debentures and other relevant trust agreements, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by the trust. The guarantee covers the distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of the trust preferred securities, but only to the extent of funds held by the trust.

In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46R”), FMCT I qualifies as a variable interest entity for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore ineligible for consolidation. Accordingly, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. The subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the trust are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Condition as “junior subordinated debentures” with the corresponding interest distributions recorded as interest expense. The common shares issued by the trust are included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

The trust preferred securities are tax-advantaged issues and qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Company under Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) guidelines. On March 1, 2005, the FRB issued rules that retain Tier 1 capital treatment for trust preferred securities but with stricter limits. Under the final rules, after a five-year transition period, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other qualifying capital elements will retain a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, but net of goodwill and other qualifying intangible assets. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. Based on current levels of capital and trust preferred securities, these new rules would have no impact on the Company’s Tier 1 capital. Refer to Note 18, “Regulatory and Capital Matters,” for additional details regarding risk-based capital ratios.

Common Stock, Preferred Securities, and Related Debentures

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Issuance trust      First Midwest Capital Trust I  
Issuance date      November 18, 2003  
Common shares issued      3,866  
Trust preferred securities issued (1)      125,000  
Coupon rate (2)      6.95 %
Maturity      December 1, 2033  
Principal amount of debentures (3):   

As of December 31, 2005

   $ 130,092  

As of December 31, 2004

   $ 129,294  

(1) The trust preferred securities accrue distributions at a rate equal to the interest rate and maturity identical to that of the related debentures. The trust preferred securities will be redeemed upon maturity of the related debentures.
(2) The coupon rate is fixed with distributions payable semi-annually. The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding five years provided no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the debentures. During such extension period, distributions on the trust preferred securities will also be deferred, and the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock will be restricted.
(3) The Company has the right to redeem its debentures: (i) in whole or in part at any time and (ii) in whole at any time within 90 days after the occurrence of a “Tax Event,” an “Investment Company Act Event,” or a “Regulatory Capital Event,” (as defined in the indenture pursuant to which the debentures were issued), subject to regulatory approval. If the debentures are redeemed before they mature, the redemption price will be the greater of: (a) the principal amount, plus any accrued but unpaid interest or (b) the sum of the present values of principal and interest payments from the redemption date to the maturity date discounted at the Adjusted Treasury Rate (as defined in the indenture), plus any accrued but unpaid interest. Included in the carrying value are unamortized discounts of $139,900 at December 31, 2005 and $144,900 at December 31, 2004 and a basis adjustment related to fair value hedges of $1.4 million as of December 31, 2005 and $572,400 as of December 31, 2004. Refer to Note 11, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

 

68


Table of Contents

The Company effectively converted $25 million in 2004 and an additional $12.5 million in 2005 of the debentures to a floating-rate basis with the use of interest rate swaps. The swaps qualify as fair value hedges, and, in accordance with SFAS No. 133, the carrying value of the debentures was adjusted by the change in its fair value since designation as a hedged liability. Refer to Note 11, “Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

11. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. For a detailed discussion on the Company’s accounting policies related to derivative instruments, refer to Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” The Company usually designates derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk into hedge relationships with the specific assets, liabilities, or cash flows being hedged. Some derivative instruments used for interest rate risk management may not be designated as part of a hedge relationship if the derivative instrument has been moved out of a hedge relationship because the hedge was deemed not effective or if operational or cost constraints make it prohibitive to apply hedge accounting.

Management uses derivative instruments to protect against the risk of interest rate movements on the value of certain assets and liabilities and on future cash flows. The derivative instruments the Company primarily uses are interest rate swaps with indices that relate to the pricing of specific assets and liabilities. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of assets and liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated rate environment.

As with any financial instrument, derivative instruments have inherent risks, primarily market and credit risk. Market risk is the adverse effect a change in interest rates, currency, equity prices, or implied volatility has on the value of a financial instrument. Market risk associated with changes in interest rates is managed by establishing and monitoring limits as to the degree of risk that may be undertaken as part of the Company’s overall market risk monitoring process, which includes the use of net interest income and economic value of equity simulation methodologies. This process is carried out by the Company’s Asset Liability Management Committee. See further discussion of this process in Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” of this Form 10-K.

Credit risk occurs when the counterparty to a derivative contract with an unrealized gain fails to perform according to the terms of the agreement. Credit risk is managed by limiting the aggregate amount of net unrealized gains in agreements outstanding, monitoring the size and the maturity structure of the derivatives, applying uniform credit standards maintained for all activities with credit risk, and collateralizing gains. The Company maintains a policy limiting credit exposure to any one counterparty to not more than 2.5% of stockholders’ equity. Additionally, the Company has established bilateral collateral agreements with its major derivative dealer counterparties that provide for exchanges of marketable securities or cash to collateralize either party’s net gains. On December 31, 2005, these collateral agreements covered 100% of the market value of the Company’s interest rate swaps outstanding. Net losses with counterparties must be collateralized, at the Company’s discretion, with either cash or U.S. Government and U.S. Government sponsored agency securities. No cash or other collateral was required to be pledged as of December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2004, the Company pledged cash of $123,000 to collateralize net losses with counterparties.

Derivative contracts are valued using observable market prices, if available, or cash flow projection models acquired from third parties. Pricing models used for valuing derivative instruments are regularly validated by testing through comparison with other third parties. The valuations and expected lives presented in the following table are based on yield curves, forward yield curves, and implied volatilities that were observable in the cash and derivatives markets on December 31, 2005 and 2004.

Fair Value Hedge - During 2005 and 2004, the Company hedged the fair value of fixed rate real estate commercial loans through the use of pay fixed, receive variable interest rate swaps. The Company also hedged the fair value of fixed rate, junior subordinated debentures through the use of pay variable, receive fixed interest rate swaps. The Company recognized no ineffectiveness on its fair value hedges, and no gains or losses were recognized related to components of derivative instruments that were excluded from the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness during 2005 and 2004.

Cash Flow Hedges - During 2005 and 2004, the Company hedged cash flow variability related to certain indexed deposit and loan accounts through the use of interest rate swaps. The Company recognized no ineffectiveness on its cash flow hedges, and no gains or losses were recognized related to components of derivative instruments that were excluded from the assessment of hedge ineffectiveness during 2005 and 2004.

 

69


Table of Contents

Gains and losses on derivative instruments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to current period earnings are included in the line item in which the hedged cash flows are recorded. Accumulated other comprehensive income included a deferred after-tax net loss of $253,000 at December 31, 2005 and a deferred after-tax net gain of $287,000 at December 31, 2004 for the derivatives used to hedge changes in cash flows. See Note 13, “Comprehensive Income,” for further detail of the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income. The net after-tax derivative loss included in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2005 related to the derivatives used to hedge changes in cash flows is projected to be reclassified into interest expense (income) in conjunction with the recognition of interest payments (receipts) on funding products through August 2006, with the full unrealized net loss expected to be reclassified within the next year. Pretax gains of $495,000 in 2005 and pretax losses of $599,000 in 2004 were reclassified into interest expense as adjustments to interest payments on variable-rate funding products.

Other Derivative Activities - The Company’s derivative portfolio also includes derivative instruments not designated in a hedge relationship. Those instruments include commitments to originate and commitments to sell real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans held for sale. The effect of the mortgage loan commitments was not material for any period presented. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for purely speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Derivatives Portfolio

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Fair Value Hedges

      

Notional amount outstanding

   $ 49,166     $ 42,527     $ 1,923  

Weighted-average interest rate paid

     6.36 %     4.23 %     2.75 %

Weighted-average interest rate received

     5.64 %     5.26 %     1.32 %

Weighted-average maturity (in years)

     22.18       18.97       4.38  

Derivative asset fair value

   $ 1,512     $ 443     $ 38  

Cash Flow Hedges

      

Notional amount outstanding

   $ 95,000     $ 120,000     $ 75,000  

Weighted-average interest rate paid

     3.63 %     2.34 %     2.30 %

Weighted-average interest rate received

     3.90 %     1.92 %     1.14 %

Weighted-average maturity (in years)

     0.46       0.91       1.66  

Derivative (liability) asset fair value

   $ (414 )   $ 471     $ (538 )

12. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003

Basic earnings per share:

        

Net income

   $ 101,377    $ 99,136    $ 92,778

Average common shares outstanding

     45,567      46,469      46,671

Basic earnings per share

   $ 2.22    $ 2.13    $ 1.99

Diluted earnings per share:

        

Net income

   $ 101,377    $ 99,136    $ 92,778

Average common shares outstanding

     45,567      46,469      46,671

Dilutive effect of stock options

     326      391      311
                    

Diluted average common shares outstanding

     45,893      46,860      46,982
                    

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 2.21    $ 2.12    $ 1.97

Options for which the exercise price of the option is greater than the average market price of the Company’s common stock are antidilutive and, therefore, not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. Antidilutive shares excluded from diluted earnings per share totaled 126,600 shares for 2005, 21,200 shares for 2004, and 369,700 shares for 2003.

 

70


Table of Contents

13. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Comprehensive income includes net income as well as certain items that are reported directly within a separate component of stockholders’ equity that are not considered part of net income. Currently, the Company’s components of other comprehensive income are the unrealized (losses) gains on securities available for sale and on certain derivatives utilized in cash flow hedging strategies.

Components of Other Comprehensive Income

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Unrealized holding (losses) on available for sale securities arising during the period:

      

Unrealized net (losses)

   $ (32,595 )   $ (29,857 )   $ (8,534 )

Related tax (benefit)

     (12,711 )     (11,644 )     (3,327 )
                        

Net

     (19,884 )     (18,213 )     (5,207 )
                        

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net (losses) gains realized during the period:

      

Realized net (losses) gains on available for sale securities

     (3,319 )     8,104       2,988  

Related tax (benefit) expense

     (1,294 )     3,161       1,166  
                        

Net

     (2,025 )     4,943       1,822  
                        

Net unrealized holding (losses) on available for sale securities

     (17,859 )     (23,156 )     (7,029 )
                        

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships arising during the year:

      

Unrealized net (losses) gains

     (390 )     410       (502 )

Related tax (benefit) expense

     (151 )     160       (195 )
                        

Net

     (239 )     250       (307 )
                        

Less: Amounts reclassified to interest expense:

      

Realized net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

     495       (599 )     (1,027 )

Realized tax expense (benefit)

     194       (234 )     (400 )
                        

Net

     301       (365 )     (627 )
                        

Net unrealized holding (losses) gains on derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships

     (540 )     615       320  
                        

Total other comprehensive (loss)

   $ (18,399 )   $ (22,541 )   $ (6,709 )
                        

Activity in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     Accumulated
Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
Securities
Available for Sale
    Accumulated
Unrealized
(Losses) Gains
on Hedging
Activities
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance, December 31, 2002

   $ 40,013     $ (648 )   $ 39,365  

2003 change

     (7,029 )     320       (6,709 )
                        

Balance, December 31, 2003

     32,984       (328 )     32,656  

2004 change

     (23,156 )     615       (22,541 )
                        

Balance, December 31, 2004

     9,828       287       10,115  

2005 change

     (17,859 )     (540 )     (18,399 )
                        

Balance, December 31, 2005

   $ (8,031 )   $ (253 )   $ (8,284 )
                        

 

71


Table of Contents

14. INCOME TAXES

Components of Income Taxes

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Current tax expense (benefit):

      

Federal

   $ 35,034     $ 32,318     $ 28,850  

State

     369       (1,992 )     (26 )
                        

Total

     35,403       30,326       28,824  
                        

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

      

Federal

     134       1,012       907  

State

     (1,085 )     1,510       1,158  
                        

Total

     (951 )     2,522       2,065  
                        

Total income tax expense

   $ 34,452     $ 32,848     $ 30,889  
                        

Differences between the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the tax bases of assets and liabilities result in temporary differences for which deferred tax assets and liabilities have been recorded.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2004  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserve for loan losses

   $ 19,738     $ 19,851  

Unrealized losses

     3,550       2,405  

Deferred income

     1,635       —    

Accrued retirement benefits

     1,310       1,523  

State tax benefits

     1,050       345  

Other

     2,258       2,095  
                

Total deferred tax assets

     29,541       26,219  
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Purchase accounting adjustments and intangibles

     (3,650 )     (3,645 )

Dividends receivable

     (7,743 )     (6,386 )

Deferred loan fees

     (4,756 )     (4,530 )

Bond discount accretion

     (1,056 )     (765 )

Other

     (2,271 )     (1,779 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (19,476 )     (17,105 )
                

Net deferred tax assets

     10,065       9,114  

Tax effect of adjustments related to other comprehensive income

     5,312       (6,467 )
                

Net deferred tax assets including adjustments

   $ 15,377     $ 2,647  
                

At December 31, 2005, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of $14.5 million, which are available to offset future taxable income. These net operating losses will expire in 2016.

Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Condition. Management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be fully realized, therefore no valuation allowance has been recorded as of December 31, 2005 or 2004.

 

72


Table of Contents

Components of Effective Tax Rate

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  

Statutory federal income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Tax-exempt income, net of interest expense disallowance

   (7.4 )%   (8.2 )%   (8.9 )%

State income tax, net of federal tax effect

   (0.3 )%   (0.2 )%   0.1 %

Other, net

   (1.9 )%   (1.7 )%   (1.2 )%
                  

Effective tax rate

   25.4 %   24.9 %   25.0 %
                  

As of December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, the Company’s retained earnings includes an appropriation for an acquired thrift’s tax bad debt reserves of approximately $2.5 million for which no provision for federal or state income taxes has been made. If, in the future, this portion of retained earnings were distributed as a result of the liquidation of the Company or its subsidiaries, federal and state income taxes would be imposed at the then applicable rates.

15. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Savings and Profit Sharing Plan - The Company has a defined contribution retirement savings plan (the “Plan”) which allows qualified employees, at their option, to make contributions up to 15% of pre-tax base salary through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. At the employees’ direction, employee contributions are invested among a variety of investment alternatives. For employees who make voluntary contributions to the Plan, the Company contributes an amount equal to 2% of the employee’s compensation. The Plan also permits the Company to distribute a discretionary profit-sharing component. The Company’s matching contribution vests immediately, while the discretionary component gradually vests over a period of 7 years based on the employee’s years of service. The cost of providing this plan was $4.4 million in 2005, $4.3 million in 2004, and $4.1 million in 2003. The number of shares of the Company common stock held by the Plan was 1,832,313 at December 31, 2005 and 1,784,808 at December 31, 2004. The fair value of Company shares held by the Plan was $64.2 million at December 31, 2005 and $64.8 million at December 31, 2004. The Plan received $1.7 million in dividends during 2005 and $1.6 million during 2004.

Pension Plan - The Company sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan (the “Pension Plan”) covering substantially all full-time employees that provides for retirement benefits based upon years of service and compensation levels of the participants. Actuarially determined pension costs are charged to current operations. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts to its plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus such additional amounts as the Company determines to be appropriate.

The following table summarizes the Pension Plan’s costs and obligations to participants for the years ended December 31. Amounts are based on an actuarial measurement date of December 31.

Pension Plan’s Cost and Obligations

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2004  
Accumulated benefit obligation    $ 32,820     $ 27,007  
                
Change in benefit obligation:     

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 40,438     $ 33,561  

Service cost

     4,419       4,123  

Interest cost

     2,380       2,090  

Actuarial losses

     2,768       2,867  

Benefits paid

     (1,887 )     (2,203 )
                

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 48,118     $ 40,438  
                

 

73


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
     2005     2004  
Change in plan assets:     

Fair value of plan assets of beginning of year

   $ 29,517     $ 24,367  

Actual return on plan assets

     2,089       2,468  

Benefits paid

     (1,887 )     (2,203 )

Employer contributions

     6,300       4,885  
                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 36,019     $ 29,517  
                
Reconciliation of funded status:     

Funded status

   $ (12,099 )   $ (10,921 )

Unamortized prior service cost

     25       32  

Unrecognized net actuarial losses

     18,469       15,693  
                

Net amount recognized

   $ 6,395     $ 4,804  
                

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition consist of:

    

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ 6,395     $ 4,804  
                

Weighted-average assumptions at the end of the year used to determine the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation:

    

Discount rate

     5.75 %     6.00 %

Rate of compensation increase

     4.50 %     4.50 %

Net Periodic Benefit Pension Expense

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
Components of net periodic benefit cost:       

Service cost

   $ 4,419     $ 4,123     $ 3,218  

Interest cost

     2,380       2,090       1,770  

Expected return on plan assets

     (3,041 )     (2,474 )     (2,168 )

Recognized net actuarial loss

     944       768       402  

Amortization of prior service cost

     7       8       8  
                        

Net periodic cost

   $ 4,709     $ 4,515     $ 3,230  
                        
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the net periodic cost:       

Discount rate

     6.00 %     6.25 %     6.75 %

Expected return on plan assets

     8.50 %     8.50 %     8.75 %

Rate of compensation increase

     4.50 %     4.50 %     4.50 %

Pension Plan Asset Allocation

 

    

Target

Allocation

2006

    Percentage of Plan Assets  
       2005     2004  
Asset Category:       

Equity securities

   50-60 %   60 %   59 %

Fixed income

   30-45 %   34 %   28 %

Cash equivalents

   2-10 %   6 %   13 %
              

Total

     100 %   100 %
              

 

74


Table of Contents

Unrecognized net actuarial losses - To the extent the cumulative actuarial losses exceed 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or the market-related value of the Pension Plan assets, the Company’s policy for recognizing the Pension Plan’s unrecognized net actuarial losses into income is to amortize the actuarial losses over the future working life of the Pension Plan participants. The recognized net actuarial loss is a component of the net periodic benefit cost. Amortization of the unrecognized net actuarial losses is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s future results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.

Determination of expected long-term rate of return - The expected long-term rate of return for the Pension Plan’s total assets is based on the expected return of each of the above categories, weighted based on the median of the target allocation for each class. Equity securities are expected to return 10% - 11% over the long-term, while cash and fixed income is expected to return between 4% and 6%. Based on historical experience, the Company’s Retirement Plans Committee (the “Committee”) expects that the Plan’s asset managers will provide a modest (.5% - 1% per annum) premium to their respective market benchmark indices.

Investment policy and strategy – The investment objective of the Plan is to maximize the return on Plan assets over a long time horizon, while meeting the Plan obligations. In establishing its investment policies and asset allocation strategies, the Company considers expected returns and the volatility associated with different strategies. The policy, as established by the Committee, is to provide for growth of capital with a moderate level of volatility by investing assets per the target allocations stated above. The Committee decided to invest in traditional publicly traded securities and not alternative asset classes such as private equity, hedge funds, and real estate. The assets are reallocated as needed by the fund manager to meet the above target allocations, and the investment policy is reviewed on a quarterly basis, under the advisement of a certified investment advisor, to determine if the policy should be changed.

Based on the actuarial assumptions, the Company expects to make $4.7 million in employer contributions to the Pension Plan in 2006. Estimated future pension benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, for fiscal years 2006 through 2015, are as follows.

Estimated Future Pension Benefit Payments

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

    

December 31,
2005

Total

Year ending December 31,

  

2006

   $ 386

2007

     526

2008

     731

2009

     817

2010

     892

2011-2015

     8,304

16. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) - In February 1989, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the Omnibus Plan, which allows for the granting of both incentive and non-statutory (“nonqualified”) stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, and performance shares to certain key employees. The total number of shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for awards under the Omnibus Plan, as amended, is 6,431,641 of which 325,000 shares may be granted in restricted stock.

Since the inception of the Omnibus Plan, in February of each year, certain key employees have been granted nonqualified stock options. The option exercise price is set at the fair market value of the Company common stock on the date the options are granted. All options have a term of ten years from the date of grant and vest over three years (subject to accelerated vesting in connection with death, disability or a change-in-control, as defined in the Omnibus Plan), with 50% exercisable after two years from the date of grant and the remaining 50% exercisable three years after the grant date.

Nonemployee Directors Stock Option Plan (the “Directors Plan”) - In 1997, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the Directors Plan, which provides for the granting of nonqualified options for shares of common stock to nonmanagement Board members of the Company. A maximum of 281,250 nonqualified options for shares of common stock are authorized for grant under the Directors Plan. The timing, amounts, recipients, and other terms of the option grants are determined by the provisions of, or formulas in, the Directors Plan. The exercise price of the options is equal to the fair

 

75


Table of Contents

market value of the common stock on the grant date. All options have a term of ten years from the date of grant and become exercisable one year from the grant date subject to accelerated vesting in the event of retirement, death, disability, or a change-in-control, as defined in the Directors Plan. Directors elected during the service year are granted options on a pro-rata basis to those granted to the directors at the start of the service year.

Both the Omnibus Plan and the Directors Plan have been submitted to and approved by the stockholders of the Company.

Nonqualified Stock Option Transactions

(Number of shares in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003
     Options     Average
Exercise
Price
   Options     Average
Exercise
Price
   Options     Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding at beginning of year

   2,052     $ 26.82    2,130     $ 23.17    2,063     $ 21.88

Granted

   549       33.84    634       33.91    575       26.55

Exercised

   (272 )     27.99    (659 )     21.63    (469 )     21.33

Forfeited

   (5 )     33.33    (49 )     29.65    (31 )     26.26

Expired

   (5 )     36.66    (4 )     32.43    (8 )     27.95
                          

Outstanding at end of year

   2,319     $ 28.31    2,052     $ 26.82    2,130       23.17
                          

Exercisable at end of year

   1,223     $ 25.01    899     $ 22.31    1,074     $ 19.87
                          

Options Outstanding and Exercisable

(Number of shares in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2005
     Options Outstanding    Exercisable
Options

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number    Average
Life (1)
   Average
Exercise
Price
   Number    Average
Exercise
Price

$12.16 - $22.50

   596    3.64    $ 19.89    596    $ 19.89

$24.57 - $28.69

   626    6.71      27.16    413      27.62

$28.70 - $32.83

   446    7.44      32.52    87      31.69

$32.84 - $38.38

   651    8.12      34.24    127      36.02
                  

Total

   2,319    6.46    $ 28.31    1,223    $ 25.01
                  

(1) Represents the average contractual life remaining in years.

17. STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN

On February 15, 1989, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan. Pursuant to that Plan, the Company declared a dividend, paid March 1, 1989, of one right (“Right”) for each outstanding share of the Company common stock held on record on March 1, 1989 pursuant to a Rights Agreement dated February 15, 1989. The Rights Agreement was amended and restated on November 15, 1995 and again on June 18, 1997 to exclude an acquisition. As amended, each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company 1/100 of a share of Series A Preferred Stock for a price of $150, subject to adjustment. The Rights will be exercisable only if a person or group has acquired, or announces the intention to acquire, 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. The Company is entitled to redeem each Right for $0.01, subject to adjustment, at any time prior to the earlier of the tenth business day following the acquisition by any person or group of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the Company common stock, or the expiration date of the Rights. The rights agreement was amended on November 14, 2005 to extend the expiration date to November 15, 2015.

As a result of the Rights distribution, 600,000 of the 1,000,000 shares of authorized preferred stock were reserved for issuance as Series A Preferred Stock.

 

76


Table of Contents

18. REGULATORY AND CAPITAL MATTERS

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory requirements that impose restrictions on cash, loans or advances, and dividends. The Bank is required to maintain reserves against deposits. Reserves are held either in the form of vault cash or non-interest-bearing balances maintained with the Federal Reserve Bank and are based on the average daily balances and statutory reserve ratios prescribed by the type of deposit account. Reserve balances totaling $39.1 million at December 31, 2005 and $75.9 million at December 31, 2004 were maintained in fulfillment of these requirements.

Under current Federal Reserve regulations, the Bank is limited in the amount it may loan or advance to the Parent Company and its nonbank subsidiaries. Loans or advances to a single subsidiary may not exceed 10% and loans to all subsidiaries may not exceed 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus, as defined. Loans from subsidiary banks to nonbank subsidiaries, including the Parent Company, are also required to be collateralized.

The principal source of cash flow for the Company is dividends from its banking and other subsidiaries. Various federal and state banking regulations and capital guidelines limit the amount of dividends that may be paid to the Company by the Bank. Future payment of dividends by the subsidiaries is dependent upon individual regulatory capital requirements and levels of profitability. Without prior regulatory approval, the Bank can initiate aggregate dividend payments in 2006 of $32.0 million plus an additional amount equal to their net profits for 2006, as defined by statute, up to the date of any such dividend declaration. Since the Company is a legal entity, separate and distinct from its subsidiaries, the dividends of the Company are not subject to such bank regulatory guidelines.

The Company and the Bank are also subject to various capital requirements set up and administered by the federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank must meet specific guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components of capital and assets, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possible additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. As of December 31, 2005, the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

The Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”), the primary regulator of the Company and the Bank, establishes minimum capital requirements that must be met by member institutions. As of December 31, 2005, the most recent regulatory notification classified the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes would change the Bank’s classification.

The following table presents the Company’s and the Bank’s measures of capital as of the dates presented and the capital guidelines established by the FRB to be categorized as adequately capitalized and as “well capitalized.”

Summary of Capital Ratios

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     First Midwest
Actual
    For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    “Well Capitalized”
for FDICIA
 
     Capital    Ratio     Capital    Ratio     Capital    Ratio  

As of December 31, 2005:

               

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

               

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc

   $ 637,786    11.76 %   $ 433,946    8.00 %   $ 542,433    10.00 %

First Midwest Bank

     582,362    10.79       431,676    8.00       539,596    10.00  

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

               

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc

     581,393    10.72       216,973    4.00       325,460    6.00  

First Midwest Bank

     525,969    9.75       215,838    4.00       323,757    6.00  

Tier 1 leverage (to average assets):

               

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc

     581,393    8.16       213,777    3.00       356,296    5.00  

First Midwest Bank

     525,969    7.41       212,905    3.00       354,842    5.00  

 

77


Table of Contents
     First Midwest
Actual
    For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    “Well Capitalized”
for FDICIA
 
     Capital    Ratio     Capital    Ratio     Capital    Ratio  

As of December 31, 2004:

               

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

               

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc

   $ 607,028    11.52 %   $ 421,402    8.00 %   $ 526,753    10.00 %

First Midwest Bank

     554,449    10.58       419,391    8.00       524,239    10.00  

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

               

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc

     550,310    10.45       210,701    4.00       316,052    6.00  

First Midwest Bank

     497,731    9.49       209,695    4.00       314,543    6.00  

Tier 1 leverage (to average assets):

               

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc

     550,310    8.16       202,312    3.00       337,186    5.00  

First Midwest Bank

     497,731    7.41       201,496    3.00       335,826    5.00  

As discussed in Note 10, “Junior subordinated debentures,” the capital securities issued by FMCT I qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Company under FRB guidelines. On March 1, 2005, the FRB issued rules that retain Tier 1 capital treatment for trust preferred securities but with stricter limits. Under these rules, after a five-year transition period, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements will retain its current limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital elements, but net of goodwill and other qualifying intangible assets. The amount of trust preferred securities and certain other elements in excess of the limit could be included in Tier 2 capital, subject to restrictions. Based on current levels of capital and trust preferred securities, these new rules would have no impact on the Company’s Tier 1 capital. As of December 31, 2005, the Company’s capital elements totaled $677.4 million, of which $125.0 million, or 18.5%, were attributable to the capital securities.

19. COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES, AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Credit Extension Commitments and Guarantees

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of its customers, to reduce its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, and to conduct lending activities. These instruments principally include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Contractual or Notional Amounts of Financial Instruments

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004

Commitments to extend credit:

     

Home equity lines

   $ 294,623    $ 282,247

All other commitments

     1,186,761      1,099,025

Letters of credit:

     

Standby

     142,463      128,799

Commercial

     1,820      4,981

Recourse on assets securitized

     21,469      26,365

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend funds to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses, variable interest rates tied to prime rate, and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash-flow requirements.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party and are most often issued in favor of a municipality where construction is taking place to ensure that the borrower adequately completes the construction. Commercial letters of

 

78


Table of Contents

credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party. This type of letter of credit is issued through a correspondent bank on behalf of a customer who is involved in an international business activity such as the importing of goods.

In the event of a customer’s nonperformance, the Company’s credit loss exposure is represented by the contractual amount of those commitments. The credit risk is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. The Company uses the same credit policies in making credit commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments, with such exposure to credit loss minimized due to various collateral requirements in place.

The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company under standby letters of credit arrangements is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. The carrying value of the Company’s standby letters of credit, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, totaled $752,000 as of December 31, 2005 and $770,000 as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2005, standby letters of credit had a remaining weighted-average term of approximately 16.1 months, with remaining actual lives ranging from less than 1 year to 9.9 years. If a commitment is funded, the Company may seek recourse through the liquidation of the underlying collateral provided including real estate, physical plant and property, marketable securities, or cash.

Pursuant to the securitization of certain 1-4 family mortgage loans in 2004, the Company is obligated by agreement to repurchase at recorded value any nonperforming loans, defined as loans past due greater than 90 days. The aggregate recorded value of securitized loans subject to this recourse obligation was $21.5 million as of December 31, 2005 and $26.4 million as of December 31, 2004. Per its agreement, the Company’s recourse obligations will end on November 30, 2011. The carrying value of the Company’s recourse liability, which is included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, totaled $148,000 as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004.

Legal Proceedings

As of December 31, 2005, there were certain legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, arising from these proceedings, if any, would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2005.

20. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is a partnership, limited liability company, trust or other legal entity that does not have sufficient equity to permit it to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or whose investors lack one of three characteristics associated with owning a controlling financial interest. Those characteristics are: (i) the direct or indirect ability to make decisions about an entity’s activities through voting rights or similar rights; (ii) the obligation to absorb the expected losses of an entity if they occur; and (iii) the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity, if they occur.

FIN 46R addresses the consolidation of VIEs. Under FIN 46R, VIEs are consolidated by the party who is exposed to a majority of the VIE’s expected losses and/or residual returns (i.e., the primary beneficiary). The following summarizes the VIEs in which the Company has a significant interest and discusses the accounting treatment applied pursuant to FIN 46R.

The Company owns 100% of the common stock of a business trust that was formed in November 2003 to issue trust preferred securities to third party investors. The trust’s only assets as of December 31, 2005 were the $128.7 million principal balance of the debentures issued by the Company and the related interest receivable of $746,000 that were acquired by the trust using proceeds from the issuance of preferred securities and common stock. The trust meets the definition of a VIE, but the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the trust. Accordingly, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. The subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the trust are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition as “Junior subordinated debentures.”

The Company holds interests in 19 trust preferred capital security issuances. Although these investments may meet the definition of a VIE, the Company is not the primary beneficiary. The Company accounts for its interest in these investments as available for sale securities. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to its investment in these VIEs, which at December 31, 2005 had a total book value of $1.7 million and market value of $1.6 million.

The Company has a significant limited partner interest in 12 low-income housing tax credit partnerships and limited liability corporations, which were acquired at various times from 1997 to 2004. These entities meet the definition of a VIE. Since the

 

79


Table of Contents

Company is not the primary beneficiary of the entities, it will continue to account for its interest in these partnerships on the cost method. Exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with these entities is limited to the approximately $5.2 million book basis of the Company’s investment, less $3.8 million that the Company is obligated to pay but has not yet funded.

21. ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

U.S. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair values of certain financial instruments, both assets and liabilities, on and off-balance sheet, for which it is practical to estimate the fair value. Because the estimated fair values provided herein exclude disclosure of the fair value of certain other financial instruments and all non-financial instruments, any aggregation of the estimated fair value amounts presented would not represent the underlying value of the Company. Examples of non-financial instruments having significant value include the future earnings potential of significant customer relationships and the value of the Company’s trust division operations and other fee-generating businesses. In addition, other significant assets including property, plant and equipment, and goodwill are not considered financial instruments and, therefore, have not been valued.

Various methodologies and assumptions have been utilized in management’s determination of the estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, which are detailed below. The fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time based upon relevant market information. Because no market exists for a significant portion of these financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected economic conditions, loss experience, and risk characteristics of the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective, involve uncertainties, and cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

The following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments.

Short-Term Financial Assets and Liabilities – For financial instruments with a shorter-term or with no stated maturity, prevailing market rates, and limited credit risk, the carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, funds sold and other short-term investments, mortgages held for sale, corporate owned life insurance, accrued interest receivable, and accrued interest payable.

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity - The fair value of securities is based upon quoted market prices or dealer quotes. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Loans - The fair value of loans was estimated using present value techniques by discounting the future cash flows of the remaining maturities of the loans, and, when applicable, prepayment assumptions were considered based on historical experience and current economic and lending conditions. The discount rate was based upon the London Interbank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) yield curve, with rate adjustments for liquidity and credit risk. The primary impact of credit risk on the present value of the loan portfolio, however, was accommodated through the use of the reserve for loan losses, which is believed to represent the current fair value of probable future losses for purposes of the fair value calculation.

Deposit Liabilities - The fair values disclosed for demand deposits, savings deposits, NOW accounts, and money market deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The fair value for fixed-rate time deposits was estimated using present value techniques by discounting the future cash flows based on the LIBOR yield curve.

Borrowed Funds - The fair value of repurchase agreements and FHLB advances is estimated by discounting the agreements based on maturities using the rates currently offered for repurchase agreements of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amounts of funds purchased and other borrowed funds approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature.

Junior Subordinated Debentures - The fair value of junior subordinated debentures was determined using available market quotes.

Derivative Assets and Liabilities - The fair value of derivative instruments are based either on cash flow projection models acquired from third parties or observable market price.

Standby Letters of Credit – The fair value of standby letters of credit represent deferred fees arising from the related off-balance sheet financial instruments. These deferred fees approximate the fair value of these instruments and are based upon several factors, including the remaining terms of the agreement and the credit standing of the customer.

Commitments - Given the limited interest rate exposure posed by the commitments outstanding at year-end due to their general variable nature, combined with the general short-term nature of the commitment periods entered into, termination clauses provided in the agreements, and the market rate of fees charged, the Company has estimated the fair value of commitments outstanding to be immaterial.

 

80


Table of Contents

Financial Instruments

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004
     Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value

Financial Assets:

           

Cash and due from banks

   $ 157,070    $ 157,070    $ 119,880    $ 119,880

Funds sold and other short-term investments

     1,607      1,607      330      330

Mortgages held for sale

     4,301      4,301      4,251      4,251

Securities available for sale

     2,286,630      2,286,630      2,179,438      2,179,438

Securities held to maturity

     56,772      56,791      64,576      64,618

Loans, net of reserve for loan losses

     4,249,798      4,192,316      4,078,560      4,075,674

Accrued interest receivable

     41,668      41,668      30,169      30,169

Investment in corporate owned life insurance

     156,441      156,441      151,359      151,359

Derivative assets

     1,512      1,512      914      914

Financial Liabilities:

           

Deposits

   $ 5,147,832    $ 5,125,548    $ 4,905,378    $ 4,904,777

Borrowed funds

     1,294,532      1,292,715      1,218,332      1,215,089

Junior subordinated debentures

     130,092      140,972      129,294      140,451

Accrued interest payable

     13,193      13,193      7,036      7,036

Derivative liabilities

     414      414      —        —  

Standby letters of credit

     752      752      770      770

22. SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Supplemental Disclosures to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003

Income taxes paid

   $ 32,338    $ 24,543    $30,573

Interest paid to depositors and creditors

     124,693      86,270    82,988

Non-cash transfers of loans to foreclosed real estate

     1,326      4,156    2,677

Dividends declared but unpaid

     12,502      11,093    10,264

Non-cash transfer of loans to securities available-for-sale

     —        74,191    —  

23. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company, through the Bank, has made loans and had transactions with certain of its directors and executive officers. However, all such loans and transactions were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. The Securities and Exchange Commission has determined that, with respect to the Company and its significant subsidiaries, disclosure of borrowings by directors and executive officers and certain of their related interests should be made if the loans are greater than 5% of stockholders’ equity, in the aggregate. These loans aggregating $5.2 million at December 31, 2005 and $2.3 million at December 31, 2004 were not greater than 5% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 or 2004, respectively.

 

81


Table of Contents

24. CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following represents the condensed financial statements of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc., the Parent Company.

Statements of Condition

(Parent Company only)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31,
     2005    2004
Assets      

Cash and interest-bearing deposits

   $ 64,328    $ 59,867

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries

     604,111      596,428

Goodwill

     10,358      8,943

Other intangible assets

     167      334

Other assets

     27,343      24,765
             

Total assets

   $ 706,307    $ 690,337
             
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity      

Junior subordinated debentures

   $ 130,092    $ 129,294

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     32,147      29,005

Stockholders’ equity

     544,068      532,038
             

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 706,307    $ 690,337
             

Statements of Income

(Parent Company only)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003
Income         

Dividends from subsidiaries

   $ 84,980    $ 99,320    $ 54,160

Interest income

     1,293      636      477

Security transactions and other income

     1,155      1,512      15
                    

Total income

     87,428      101,468      54,652
                    
Expenses         

Interest expense

     9,014      9,015      1,082

Salaries and employee benefits

     3,706      4,337      4,215

Amortization of intangible assets

     167      324      —  

Other expenses

     4,457      4,591      2,812
                    

Total expenses

     17,344      18,267      8,109
                    

Income before income tax expense and equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     70,084      83,201      46,543

Income tax benefit

     5,211      6,249      2,948
                    

Income before undistributed income of subsidiaries

     75,295      89,450      49,491

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries

     26,082      9,686      43,287
                    

Net income

   $ 101,377    $ 99,136    $ 92,778
                    

 

82


Table of Contents

Statements of Cash Flows

(Parent Company only)

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2005     2004     2003  
Operating Activities       

Net income

   $ 101,377     $ 99,136     $ 92,778  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in undistributed income from subsidiaries

     (26,082 )     (9,686 )     (43,287 )

Depreciation of premises, furniture, and equipment

     21       48       49  

Net (gains) on sales of securities

     (4 )     (47 )     —    

Tax benefit from employee exercises of nonqualified stock options

     972       1,362       920  

Net amortization of other intangibles

     167       323       —    

Net (increase) decrease in other assets

     (3,937 )     1,825       (17,462 )

Net increase in other liabilities

     2,606       2,388       15,818  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     75,120       95,349       48,816  
                        
Investing Activities       

Purchases of securities available for sale

     (76 )     (236 )     (9,035 )

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

     141       233       —    

Purchase of other assets, net of sales

     (8 )     (5 )     (28 )

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

     —         —         (108,658 )
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     57       (8 )     (117,721 )
                        
Financing Activities       

Proceeds from the issuance of junior subordinated debentures

     —         —         128,715  

Net purchases of treasury stock

     (29,996 )     (31,240 )     (22,404 )

Proceeds from issuance of treasury stock

     —         7       6  

Cash dividends paid

     (44,828 )     (41,000 )     (35,560 )

Exercise of stock options

     4,108       4,823       3,021  
                        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (70,716 )     (67,410 )     73,778  
                        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     4,461       27,931       4,873  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     59,867       31,936       27,063  
                        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 64,328     $ 59,867     $ 31,936  
                        

 

83


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and its Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer concluded that as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2005 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Accordingly, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 is effective based on the specified criteria.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which appears below.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

84


Table of Contents

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2005 consolidated financial statements of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. and our report dated February 10, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 10, 2006

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

85


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The Company’s executive officers are elected annually by the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Bank’s executive officers are elected annually by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Certain information regarding the Company’s and the Bank’s executive officers is set forth below.

 

Name (Age)

  

Position or Employment for Past Five Years

   Executive
Officer
Since

John M. O’Meara (60)

   President and, since 2003, Chief Executive Officer of the Company; prior to 2003, Chief Operating Officer of the Company, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank    1987
Kent S. Belasco (54)    Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of the Bank    2004
Mark M. Dietrich (58)    Group Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Bank    2002
Michael J. Kozak (54)    Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since 2004; prior thereto, Senior Vice President, Regional Credit Officer    2004
Thomas J. Schwartz (56)    Group President, Commercial Banking of the Bank    2002
Michael L. Scudder (45)    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company since 2002; prior thereto, Group Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank    2002
Janet M. Viano (50)    Group President, Retail Banking of the Bank    2002
Stephanie R. Wise (38)    Executive Vice President, Business and Institutional Services since 2003; prior thereto, Executive Vice President, E-Commerce Division Manager of the Bank    2004

The information required by this item concerning Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the caption “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS” of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The information required by this item concerning Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by reference to the caption “SECTION 16 (a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE” of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

 

86


Table of Contents

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the caption “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION” of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The Compensation Committee’s Report on Executive Compensation and Stock Performance graph contained in the “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION” section of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement shall not be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference the Registrant’s Proxy Statement into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent the Registrant specifically incorporates this information by reference, and shall not otherwise be deemed “filed” under such Acts.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN

BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Security ownership information of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the caption “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS & MANAGEMENT” of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the caption “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the caption “INDEPENDENT AUDITORS” of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) (1)   Financial Statements  
  The following consolidated financial statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are filed as a part of this document under “Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.”  
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.   48
  Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.   50
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003.   51
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003.   52
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003.   53
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   54

 

87


Table of Contents
(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedules
  The schedules for the Registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required, or because the information is set forth in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
(a)(3)   Exhibits
  See Exhibit Index commencing on the following page.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description of Documents

3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated March 31, 2002.
3.2    Restated Bylaws of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2003.
4.1    Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, Form of Rights Certificate and Designation of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company, dated November 15, 1995, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits (1) through (3) of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 1995.
4.2    First Amendment to Rights Agreements, dated June 18, 1997, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Company’s Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 1997.
4.3    Amended Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock, dated June 17, 1998, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Quarterly Report of the Company on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 1998.
4.4    Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreements, dated November 14, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 16, 2005.
4.5    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of First Midwest Capital Trust I dated November 18, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2003.
4.6    Indenture dated as of November 18, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2003.
4.7    Series A Capital Securities Guarantee Agreement dated November 18, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2003.
10.1    Outsourcing Agreement by and between First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. and Metavante Corporation dated April 28, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2004.
10.2    Revolving Credit Agreement by and between First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. and M&I Marshall & Illsley Bank dated April 26, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2004.
10.3    Change in Terms Agreement to the Revolving Credit Agreement by and between First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. and M&I Marshall & Illsley Bank is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2005.
10.4    Restated Savings and Profit Sharing Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated September 30, 2002.
10.5    First through Seventh Amendments to the Restated Savings and Profit Sharing Plan are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2004.

 

88


Table of Contents
10.6      Eighth and Ninth Amendments to the Restated Savings and Profit Sharing Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 15, 2005.
10.7      Short-term Incentive Compensation Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2004.
10.8      Restated Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2002.
10.9      Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors’ 1997 Stock Option Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated September 30, 2000.
10.10    Amendment to the Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors’ 1997 Stock Option Plan is herein incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2003.
10.11    Restated Nonqualified Stock Option-Gain Deferral Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2002.
10.12    Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee Directors is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2002.
10.13    Restated Nonqualified Retirement Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2002.
10.14    Form of Letter Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Option Grant executed between the Company and the executive officers of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan.
10.15    Form of Letter Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Option Grant executed between the Company and the directors of the Company pursuant to the Company’s Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.
10.16    Form of Letter Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Option Grant executed between the Company and former executive of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated March 31, 2003.
10.17    Form of Indemnification Agreements executed between the Company and executive officers and directors of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 1991.
10.18    Form of Employment Agreements executed between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 1997.
10.19    Retirement and Consulting Agreement and Continuing Participant Agreement to the Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan executed between the Company and former executive of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2002.
10.20    Form of Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements executed between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 1991.
10.21    Form of Amendment to Split-Dollar Life Insurance Agreements executed between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 1992.
10.22    Summary of Executive Compensation is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2006.
10.23    Summary of Executive Compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 22, 2006.
10.24    Amendment and Waiver to the Revolving Credit Agreement by and between First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. and M&I Marshall & Illsley Bank.
11         Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings - The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is included in Note 12 of the Company’s Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in “ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA” of this document.
12         Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

89


Table of Contents
14.1    Code of Ethics and Standards of Conduct is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2003.
14.2    Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated December 31, 2003.
21       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23       Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
32.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Exhibits 10.7 through 10.23 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to item 14(a)3.

All other Exhibits that are required to be filed with this form are not applicable.

 

90


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

FIRST MIDWEST BANCORP, INC.
Registrant
By  

/S/ JOHN M. O’MEARA

  John M. O’Meara
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  March 2, 2006

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in their capacities indicated on March 2, 2006.

 

Signatures

    

/S/ ROBERT P. O’MEARA

   Chairman of the Board
Robert P. O’Meara   

/S/ JOHN M. O’MEARA

   President and Chief Executive Officer, and Director
John M. O’Meara   

/S/ MICHAEL L. SCUDDER

  

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and

Principal Accounting Officer

Michael L. Scudder   

/S/ BRUCE S. CHELBERG

   Director
Bruce S. Chelberg   

/S/ JOSEPH W. ENGLAND

   Director
Joseph W. England   

/S/ BROTHER JAMES GAFFNEY, FSC

   Director
Brother James Gaffney, FSC   

/S/ THOMAS M. GARVIN

   Director
Thomas M. Garvin   

/S/ PATRICK J. MCDONNELL

   Director
Patrick J. McDonnell   

/S/ JOHN E. ROONEY

   Director
John E. Rooney   

/S/ ELLEN A. RUDNICK

   Director
Ellen A. Rudnick   

/S/ JOHN L. STERLING

   Director
John L. Sterling   

/S/ J. STEPHEN VANDERWOUDE

   Director
J. Stephen Vanderwoude   

 

91

EX-10.14 2 dex1014.htm FORM OF LETTER AGREEMENT FOR NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION Form of Letter Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Option

Exhibit 10.14

February 22, 2006

“First_Name” “Middle_Name” “Last_Name”

“Address_Line_1”

“Address_Line_2”

“City”, “State” “Zip_Code”

 

  RE: Letter Agreement dated “Option_Date”, Option Number “NUM”

Grant of Nonqualified Stock Options (the “Agreement”)

Dear “First_Name” :

I am pleased to advise you that on “Option_Date” (the “Date of Grant”) and pursuant to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as Amended (the “Plan”), the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) approved a grant to you of a “Nonqualified Stock Option” (the “Option”). The Option provides you with the opportunity to purchase, for “Option_Price” per share, up to “Shares_Granted” shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, including any Amendments thereto, which are incorporated herein by reference, and to the following provisions:

 

(1) Exercisability

Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (8) below, the Option shall be exercisable only if you continue in the employment of the Company. The Option will become exercisable as follows: (a) 50% of the Option to purchase the shares indicated above is exercisable on or after “Vest_Date_Period_1”; and b) the remaining 50% of the Option to purchase the shares indicated above is exercisable on or after “Vest_Date_Period_2”. In the event of your death or Disability, or in the event of a Change-in-Control, as defined in the Plan, the Option will become fully vested and exercisable as set forth in paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively. The Option expires upon the close of business on “Expiration_Date_Period_1” (the “Expiration Date”).

 

(2) Procedure for Exercise

Subject to the foregoing paragraph (1), you may exercise the Option at any time and from time to time during the term of the Option by:

 

  (a) delivery of written notification of exercise and payment in full:

 

  (i) in cash or its equivalent (including a broker-assisted cashless exercise as described in the Plan); or

 

  (ii) by tendering Previously-Acquired Shares of Company Stock having a fair market value at the exercise date (defined as the average of the high and low prices of the Company’s Common Stock as reported by the consolidated tape of the Nasdaq National Market System [on the date the written notice of exercise is received by the office of the Corporate Controller]) equal to all or part of the total Option price (including for this purpose shares deemed tendered by affirmation of ownership); or

 

  (iii) by combination of (i) and (ii);

This Letter Agreement constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have

been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1


for all Option shares being purchased, plus the amount of any additional federal and state income tax and FICA/Medicare tax required to be withheld by reason of the exercise of the Option, unless you have properly elected, with the Committee’s consent in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, to deliver Previously-Acquired Shares or have Option shares withheld to satisfy such taxes; and

 

  (b) if requested within the specified time set forth in any such request, delivery to the Company of such written representations and undertakings as may, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, be necessary or desirable to comply with federal and state securities laws.

Further information regarding procedures for exercising your Options, including the definition of Previously-Acquired Shares, can be found in the Plan, the Plan’s “Summary Description” and the document entitled “How to Exercise Your Stock Options”. If you are a first time grant recipient, these documents accompany this Letter Agreement.

 

(3) Termination of Employment

If your employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries terminates due to your death or Disability, all vesting exercise restrictions will lapse and the Option will become immediately exercisable in full. If your employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries terminates prior to the Expiration Date, the Option will continue to be exercisable by you (or in the event of your death, by your beneficiary or your estate’s executor or administrator) to the same degree that the Option was exercisable on your employment termination date (including any acceleration of vesting which may occur in the event of death or Disability), until the first of the following occur:

 

  (a) except as provided in the event of a Change-in-Control, the expiration of one (1) month after the date your employment is terminated for any reason other than Retirement (as defined in the Plan), death, Disability or discharge for Cause (as defined in the Plan);

 

  (b) the expiration of three (3) years following Retirement or termination by reason of death or Disability;

 

  (c) the termination date if the termination is for Cause; or

 

  (d) the Expiration Date.

 

(4) Merger, Consolidation or Change-in-Control

In the event of a Change-in-Control, all holding period and vesting exercise restrictions will lapse and the Options will become immediately exercisable in full and the one (1) month period set forth in paragraph (3) (a) above will be extended to three (3) years. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall be as defined in Section 14 of the Plan, provided that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14(c) of the Plan relating to stockholder approval of a transaction constituting a Business Combination (as defined in Section 14(c)), a Change in Control with respect to a Business Combination shall not occur prior to the date of consummation of such transaction.

 

(5) Limited Transferability

The Option is personal to you and may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and other than as provided herein. Your Option shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may transfer your Option to:

 

  (a) your spouse, children or grandchildren (“Immediate Family Members”);

 

  (b) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members, or;

 

2


  (c) a partnership in which such Immediate Family Members are the only partners, provided that:

 

  (i) there may be no consideration for any such transfer;

 

  (ii) subsequent transfers of the transferred Option shall be prohibited, except to designated beneficiaries; and

 

  (iii) such transfer is evidenced by documents acceptable to the Company and filed with the Corporate Secretary.

Following transfer, the Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, provided that for purposes of designating a beneficiary with respect thereto, the transferee shall be entitled to designate the beneficiary. The provisions of this Letter Agreement relating to the period of exercisability and expiration of the Option shall continue to be applied with respect to you and the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, set forth above. Transfer of Common Stock purchased by your transferee upon exercise of the Option may also be subject to the restrictions and limitations described in Paragraph (6) below.

 

(6) Securities Law Restrictions

You understand and acknowledge that applicable securities laws govern and may restrict your right to offer, sell, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option. The Company registered the Option shares under The Securities Act of 1933.

Executive Officers of the Company subject to the two (2) day reporting rules of Section 16(a) and short-swing profit recovery rules of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should consult the Company’s Corporate Secretary prior to exercise of this Option or selling any such shares acquired upon exercise thereafter.

Additional information regarding these rules can be found in the Plan’s “Summary Description” and the document entitled “How to Exercise Your Stock Options”.

 

(7) Reload Provisions

As described more fully in Appendix B, “General Information Regarding Reload Stock Options” of the “Summary Description” of the Plan, the Committee has approved the grant of reload stock options upon certain exercises of the Option. Accordingly, a reload stock option will be granted upon any exercise of the Option by you while you are an employee and upon which you tender Previously-Acquired Shares of Common Stock in payment of the exercise price and/or use such shares in satisfaction of the required tax withholding. A Reload Option Letter Agreement will be issued to you to evidence the grant of a reload stock option. Reload stock options will not be granted if this Option is exercised by your transferee or beneficiary, or if you are not an active employee at the time of exercise. For this purpose, you will not be deemed to be actively employed during any period with respect to which a Continuing Participant Agreement (described below) is in effect. The Committee has reserved the right, at any time and for any reason, to amend, modify or terminate the granting of reload stock options upon the exercise of the Option. You will be notified by the Company in the event of any such action.

 

(8) Continuing Participant Agreement

For purposes of this Option, your employment will not be deemed to have terminated, and instead will be deemed to be continuing, during any period during which you are a party to a Continuing Participant Agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided such Continuing Participant Agreement was approved by the Committee and the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

3


(9) Tax Consequences

Information regarding federal tax consequences of the Option can be found in the Plan’s “Summary Description” and the document entitled “How to Exercise Your Stock Options”. You are strongly encouraged to contact your tax advisor regarding such tax consequences as they relate to you.

 

(10) Employment of Successors

Nothing herein confers any right or obligation on you to continue in the employment of the Company or any subsidiary or shall affect in any way your right or the right of the Company or any subsidiary, as the case may be, to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, any successor or successors of the Company.

 

(11) Conformity with Plan

The Option is intended to conform in all respects with the Plan. Inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Plan. By executing and returning the enclosed Confirmation of Acceptance of this Letter Agreement, you agree to be bound by all the terms hereof and of the Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all definitions stated in the Plan shall be fully applicable to this Letter Agreement.

To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the Option granted to you by this Letter Agreement, please execute and return in the enclosed envelope the following enclosed documents: (a) the “Beneficiary Designation Form” and (b) the Confirmation of Acceptance endorsement of this Letter Agreement. The original copy of this Letter Agreement should be retained for your permanent records.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact the office of the Corporate Controller of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. at (630) 875-7459.

Very truly yours,

John M. O’Meara

President and Chief Executive Officer

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.

JMO:m

 

4

EX-10.15 3 dex1015.htm FORM OF LETTER AGREEMENT Form of Letter Agreement

Exhibit 10.15

February 22, 2006

“First_Name” “Middle_Name” “Last_Name”

“Address_Line_1”

“Address_Line_2”

“City”, “State” “Zip_Code”

 

  RE: Grant of Director Options - Letter Agreement Dated

“Option_Date”, Option Number “NUM”

Dear “First_Name” :

I am pleased to confirm to you the grant on “Option_Date” (the “Date of Grant”) of a nonqualified stock option (the “Director Option”) under the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “Directors’ Plan”). The Director Option provides you with the opportunity to purchase for “Option_Price” per share up to “Shares_Granted” shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

The Director Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Directors’ Plan, including any Amendments thereto, which are incorporated herein by reference, and to the following:

 

(1) Vesting and Exercisability: In general, the Director Option will become fully vested and exercisable on “Vest_Date_Period_1”. In the event of your death, disability, retirement (as defined below) or of a Change-in-Control as defined in the Company’s Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as Amended (the “Omnibus Plan”), subject to the final sentence of this paragraph (1), the Director Option will become fully vested and exercisable. Retirement means termination of your membership on the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Board of Directors at the expiration of your term of office (unless you are then elected for another term of office), or under such other circumstances as the Board may determine to constitute retirement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall be as defined in Section 14 of the Omnibus Plan, provided that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14(c) of the Omnibus Plan relating to stockholder approval of a transaction constituting a Business Combination (as defined in Section 14(c)), a Change in Control with respect to a Business Combination shall not occur prior to the date of consummation of such transaction.

 

(2) Expiration: If you cease to be a director for any reason other than death, disability or retirement prior to the date the Director Option becomes fully vested, the Director Option will expire on the date your directorship ends. If the Director Option has become fully vested at the time you cease to be a director, the Director Option will expire on the third anniversary of the date you ceased to be a director for any reason. In no event, however, may the Director Option be exercised beyond “Expiration_Date_Period_1”.

 

(3) Procedure for Exercise: Once vested, you may exercise the Director Option at any time by delivering written notice of exercise and payment of the exercise price in full either (a) in cash or its equivalent (as described in the Directors’ Plan), or (b) by tendering previously-acquired shares of Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the total exercise price that have been owned by you for six (6) months or more, or (c) by a combination of

This Letter Agreement constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have

been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1


(a) and (b). You may deliver an affirmation of ownership of Common Stock having the required fair market value in lieu of physically tendering such shares.

 

(4) Limited Transferability; Beneficiary Designation: The Director Option is personal to you and may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated, otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and other than as provided herein. The Director Option shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may transfer the Director Option to:

 

  (a) your spouse, children or grandchildren (“Immediate Family Members”);

 

  (b) trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Immediate Family Members, or;

 

  (c) a partnership in which such Immediate Family Members are the only partners, provided that:

 

  (i) there may be no consideration for any such transfer,

 

  (ii) subsequent transfers of the transferred Director Option shall be prohibited, except to designated beneficiaries; and

 

  (iii) such transfer is evidenced by documents acceptable to the Company and filed with the Corporate Secretary.

Following transfer, the Director Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, provided that for purposes of designating a beneficiary with respect thereto, the transferee shall be entitled to designate the beneficiary. The provisions of this Letter Agreement relating to the period of exercisability and expiration of the Director Option shall continue to be applied with respect to you and your status as a director, and the Director Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, set forth in Paragraphs (1) and (2) above. Transfer of Common Stock purchased by your transferee upon exercise of the Director Option may also be subject to the restrictions and limitations described in Paragraph (5) below.

 

(5) Securities Law Reporting Requirements and Restrictions: You understand and acknowledge that applicable securities laws govern and may restrict your right to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Director Option. In addition, because of your status as a director of the Company, prior to exercise of the Director Option or sale of any shares acquired upon exercise, you should consult with the Company’s Corporate Secretary with respect to the implications of Section 16(a) two-day reporting obligation and (b) short-swing profit recovery provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on such exercise or sale. Additional information regarding these rules will be provided to you, on request, from the Company’s Corporate Secretary.

 

(6) Reload Provisions: As described more fully in Appendix B, “General Information Regarding Reload Stock Options” of the “Summary Description” of the Directors’ Plan, the Board of Directors of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. has approved the grant of reload stock options upon certain exercises of the Director Options. Accordingly, a reload stock option will be granted upon any exercise of the Director Option by you while you are a director and upon which you tender previously-acquired Common Stock (Common Stock which has been held for at least six (6) months) in payment of the exercise price. A Reload Option Letter Agreement will be issued to you

 

2


to evidence the grant of a reload stock option. Reload stock options will not be granted if this Option is exercised by your transferee or beneficiary, or if you are not a director at the time of exercise. For this purpose, you will not be deemed to be a director during any period with respect to which a Continuing Participant Agreement (described below) is in effect. The Board has reserved the right, at any time and for any reason, to amend, modify or terminate the granting of reload stock options upon the exercise of the Option. You will be notified by the Company in the event of any such action.

 

(7) Continuing Participant Agreement: For purposes of this Director Option, your directorship will not be deemed to have terminated, and instead will be deemed to be continuing, during any period during which you are a party to a Continuing Participant Agreement with the Company; provided such Continuing Participant Agreement was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(8) Tax Consequences: Director Options are in the form of nonqualified stock options and cannot qualify as “incentive stock options” under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 422. No federal or state income taxes or FICA/Medicare taxes will be withheld by the Company upon exercise. Information regarding the tax consequences of the Director Option will be provided to you.

 

(9) Miscellaneous: Nothing in this Letter Agreement confers any right on you to continue as a director of the Company. This Letter Agreement will be binding upon, and insure to the benefit of, your and the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(10) Conformity with Directors’ Plan: The Director Option is intended to conform to the Directors’ Plan in all respects. Inconsistencies between this Letter Agreement and the Directors’ Plan shall be resolved in accordance with the terms of the Directors’ Plan. By executing and returning the enclosed Confirmation of Acceptance of this Letter Agreement you agree to be bound by the terms hereof and of the Directors’ Plan. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all definitions stated in the Directors’ Plan shall be applicable to this Letter Agreement.

To confirm your understanding and acceptance of the Director Option granted to you by this Letter Agreement, kindly execute and return to the Company’s Corporate Secretary in the enclosed envelope the following documents: (a) the “Confirmation of Acceptance” endorsement, and (b) the Beneficiary Designation Form.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact the Corporate Controller at (630) 875-7459.

Very truly yours,

John M. O’Meara

President and Chief Executive Officer

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.

 

3

EX-10.24 4 dex1024.htm AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement

Exhibit 10.24

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.

Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement

M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of April 26, 2004 (the Revolving Credit Agreement, as heretofore amended, being referred to herein as the “Credit Agreement”), between the undersigned, First Midwest Bancorp, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Customer”), and M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank (the “Lender”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as such terms have in the Credit Agreement.

The Customer has requested that the Lender (a) waive the (i) default referenced in Section 10(d) of the Credit Agreement resulting from the failure of the Customer to timely observe or perform certain of the covenants and duties set forth in Sections 8(d) and (e) of the Credit Agreement, (ii) default referenced in Section 10(h) of the Credit Agreement relating to the acquisition by the Customer of all or substantially all of the assets or equity interests in another business enterprise, and (iii) default referenced in Section 10(k) of the Credit Agreement as a result of the transfer, sale or disposition of shares of capital stock of the Customer to another person, and (b) amend the above-referenced covenant and default provisions, and the Lender is willing to do so under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (herein, the “Amendment”).

Section 1. Waiver.

The Lender hereby waives the following events of default:

1.1. The Customer has informed the Lender that the Customer failed to timely observe the following covenants set forth in the Credit Agreement (collectively referred to as the “Covenant Defaults”):

(a) the Customer has declared and paid quarterly cash dividends on its common stock and has made purchases or other acquisitions of its common stock pursuant to stock repurchase programs and employee benefit plans, as prohibited by Section 8(d) of the Credit Agreement; and

(b) the Customer has (i) made an investment in the amount of $2,000,000 in Textura, LLC, (ii) made loans and/or advances to its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business, as prohibited by Section 8(e) of the Credit Agreement.

 

1


The Lender hereby waives the Covenant Defaults through and including the date of this amendment.

1.2. The Customer has informed the Lender that it has acquired all of the equity interests in another business enterprise, as prohibited by Section 10(h) of the Credit Agreement (the “Acquisition Default”). The Lender hereby waives the Acquisition Default.

1.3. Persons owning capital stock of the Customer have transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of shares of capital stock of the Customer, as prohibited by Section 10(k) of the Credit Agreement (the “Capital Stock Default”). The Lender hereby waives the Capital Stock Default.

The foregoing waivers are limited to the matters set forth above. By its execution of this Amendment, the Customer agrees that it remains obligated to comply with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and that the Lender shall not be obligated in the future to waive any provision of the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendments.

The Credit Agreement shall be and hereby is amended as follows:

2.1 Section 1 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the words “FIFTY MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($50,000,000)” and inserting the words “SEVENTY MILLION AND 00/100 DOLLARS ($70,000,000)” in the third line thereof.

2.2. Section 4(d) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the word “Illinois” and inserting the word “Delaware” in the second line thereof.

2.3. Section 8(d) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

Reserved.

2.4. Section 8(e) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

Reserved.

2.5. Section 8(h) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

Reserved.

 

2


2.6. Section 8(k) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated to read as follows:

Financial Covenants. Timely perform and observe the following financial covenants, all calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis:

(i) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter, maintain a ratio of Loan Loss Reserve to Total Loans of not less than 1%. “Loan Loss Reserves” means bank subsidiary’s allowance for loan and lease losses determined in a manner consistent with that used in preparing bank subsidiary’s financial statements. “Total Loans” means the sum of loans and direct lease financings, net of unearned income of bank subsidiary.

(ii) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter, maintain a ratio of Non-performing Loans to Total Loans of not greater than 2.5%. “Non-performing Loans” means bank subsidiary’s loans outstanding which are not accruing interest, have been classified as renegotiated pursuant to guidelines established by the Federal Financial Examination Institution Council or are 90 days or more past due in the payment of principal or interest.

(iii) As of the last day of each fiscal quarter, maintain an ROAA of not less than 0.90% for the two previous fiscal quarters. “ROAA” means, for any period, net income divided by average total assets excluding non-recurring charges to expense.

(iv) Maintain well-capitalized ratios, as required by federal regulators.

(v) Customer agrees not to pledge, sell, or otherwise encumber bank subsidiary stock, unless Lender is equally and ratably secured by any such pledge, sale or encumbrance.

2.7. Section 9 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by inserting the words “if any” after the word “Lenders” in the second line thereof.

2.8. Section 10 to the Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 10. Default and Acceleration. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events of default: (a) Customer fails to pay any amount when due under this Agreement or under any other instrument evidencing any

 

3


indebtedness of Customer; (b) any representation or warranty made under this Agreement or information provided by Customer in connection with this Agreement is or was false or fraudulent in any material respect; (c) a material adverse change occurs in Customer’s financial condition; (d) any guaranty of Customer’s obligations under this Agreement is revoked or becomes unenforceable for any reason; (e) an event of default occurs under any Security Document; (f) a sale, lease or other disposition of the assets of the Customer occurs, except for sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (g) Customer fails to timely observe or perform any of the covenants or duties contained in this Agreement; or (h) Customer merges or consolidates with any other business enterprise, unless Customer is the surviving entity in such merger or consolidation; then at Lender’s option, and upon notice written or verbal to Customer, Lender’s obligation to make Loans under this Agreement shall terminate and the total unpaid balance shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all which are hereby expressly waived by Customer. Lender’s obligation to make Loans under this Agreement shall automatically and immediately terminate and the total unpaid balance shall automatically and immediately become due and payable in the event Customer becomes the subject of bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings. Lender may waive any default without waiving any other subsequent or prior default. Customer agrees to pay Lender’s costs of administration of this Agreement. Customer also agrees to pay all costs of collection before and after judgment, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (including those incurred in successful defense or settlement of any counterclaim brought by Customer or incident to any action or proceeding involving Customer brought pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Section 3. Representations.

In order to induce the Lender to execute and deliver this Amendment, the Customer hereby represents to the Lender that as of the date hereof the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct (except that the representations contained in Section 3(d) shall be deemed to refer to the representations as set forth in this Amendment) and the Customer, after giving effect to this Amendment, is in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

 

4


Section 4. Miscellaneous.

4.1. Except as specifically amended herein, the Credit Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original terms. Reference to this specific Amendment need not be made in the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents, or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to or with respect to the Credit Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Credit Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

4.2. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by the different parties on different counterpart signature pages, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original. This Amendment shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Illinois.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

5


This Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit Agreement is entered into as of this 28th day of February, 2006.

 

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.
By  
Name  

/s/ JAMES P. HOTCHKISS

Title   EVP and Treasurer
Accepted and agreed to.
M&I Marshall & Ilsley Bank
Name  

/s/ JOHN J. KADLEK

Title   Vice President

 

6

EX-12 5 dex12.htm STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Exhibit 12

First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)

(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)

 

     Years ended December 31,
     2005    2004    2003    2002    2001

Ratio 1- Including Interest on Deposits

              

Earnings available for fixed charges:

              

Income from continuing operations

   $ 101,377    $ 99,136    $ 92,778    $ 90,150    $ 82,138

Add:

              

Income tax provision

     34,452      32,848      30,889      32,133      26,668

Fixed charges

     131,690      87,185      81,964      111,498      181,439
                                  

Total earnings available for fixed charges

   $ 267,519    $ 219,169    $ 205,631    $ 233,781    $ 290,245
                                  

Fixed charges (2)

              

Interest on deposits

   $ 86,675    $ 57,432    $ 56,272    $ 81,616    $ 134,497

Interest on borrowed funds

     35,834      20,980      23,962      29,294      46,341

Interest on subordinated debt - trust preferred securities

     8,341      8,066      1,079      —        —  

Portion of rental expense representative of interest factor

     840      707      651      588      601
                                  

Total fixed charges

   $ 131,690    $ 87,185    $ 81,964    $ 111,498    $ 181,439
                                  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     2.03 x      2.51 x      2.51 x      2.10 x      1.60 x

Ratio 2 - Excluding Interest on Deposits

              

Earnings available for fixed charges:

              

Income from continuing operations

   $ 101,377    $ 99,136    $ 92,778    $ 90,150    $ 82,138

Add:

              

Income tax provision

     34,452      32,848      30,889      32,133      26,668

Fixed charges

     45,015      29,753      25,692      29,882      46,942
                                  

Total earnings available for fixed charges

   $ 180,844    $ 161,737    $ 149,359    $ 152,165    $ 155,748
                                  

Fixed charges (2):

              

Interest on borrowed funds

   $ 35,834    $ 20,980    $ 23,962    $ 29,294    $ 46,341

Interest on subordinated debt - trust preferred securities

     8,341      8,066      1,079      —        —  

Portion of rental expense representative of interest factor

     840      707      651      588      601
                                  

Total fixed charges

   $ 45,015    $ 29,753    $ 25,692    $ 29,882    $ 46,942
                                  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     4.02 x      5.44 x      5.81 x      5.09 x      3.32 x

(1) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges represents the number of times “fixed charges” are covered by “earnings.”
(2) “Fixed charges” consist of interest on outstanding debt plus one-third (the proportion deemed representative of the interest factor) of operating lease expense.
EX-21 6 dex21.htm SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Subsidiary

  

State of Jurisdiction

of Organization

   Type of Subsidiary

First Midwest Bank

   Illinois    Corporation

First Midwest Insurance Company

   Arizona    Corporation

First Midwest Capital Trust I

   Delaware    Statutory Business Trust
EX-23 7 dex23.htm CONSENTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following documents of our report dated February 10, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc., First Midwest Bancorp, Inc.’s management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2005:

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 33-20439) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-132137) pertaining to a First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. debt and equity securities offering.

Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-114406) pertaining to First Midwest Capital Trust I

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-42980) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. 1989 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-25136) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp Savings and Profit Sharing Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-42273) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. 1989 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-63095) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-50140) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Non-employee Director Stock Option Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-63097) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. Nonqualified Retirement Plan.

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-61090) pertaining to the First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. 1989 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 2, 2006

EX-31.1 8 dex311.htm SECTION 302 CEO CERTIFICATION Section 302 CEO Certification

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, John M. O’Meara, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First Midwest Bancorp Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 2, 2006  

/S/ JOHN M. O’MEARA

  [Signature]
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

93

EX-31.2 9 dex312.htm SECTION 302 CFO CERTIFICATION Section 302 CFO Certification

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Michael L. Scudder, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of First Midwest Bancorp Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 2, 2006  

/S/ MICHAEL L. SCUDDER

  [Signature]
  Executive Vice President,
  Chief Financial Officer, and
  Principal Accounting Officer

 

94

EX-32.1 10 dex321.htm SECTION 906 CEO CERTIFICATION Section 906 CEO Certification

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that:

 

  (1) The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/S/ JOHN M. O’MEARA

Name:   John M. O’Meara
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 2, 2006

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

95

EX-32.2 11 dex322.htm SECTION 906 CFO CERTIFICATION Section 906 CFO Certification

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, the undersigned officer of First Midwest Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certifies that:

 

  (1) The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/S/ MICHAEL L. SCUDDER

Name:   Michael L. Scudder
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer

Dated: March 2, 2006

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

96

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----